Home

PAGE POSITION: 1 JOB: @ibm2/chry_pdm

1. 71 e VOICE COMMAND IF EQUIPPED 77 Voice Command System Operation 77 e COMMands rai 78 e Voice Training ias ata oa ade atar aa ela ts 79 MEAT o 79 Manual Front Seat Adjustment 80 e Manual Seat Height Adjustment If Equipped 80 Manual Lumbar If Equipped 80 Driver s Seatback Recline 80 Six Way Power Seats If Equipped 81 Heated Seats If Equipped 81 Fold Flat Front Passenger Seat 82 Adjusting Active Head Restraints 83 Folding Rear Seat 84 e TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE HOOD 85 AICA TT 86 e Multifunction Lever 86 Headlights and Position Lights 87 e Lights on Reminder aaa as ae mann 87 54 PAGE POSITION 56 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum e Front Fog Lights If Equipped 87 Rear Fog Lights If Equipped 87 ourn Signal S e 13 95 1205 0023 0 0 88 s Lane Change ASSIS 88 e High Low Beam 88 eFlash to Pass sans nere aan wann sun es ana 88 e Instrument Panel Dimmer 88 Headlight Leveling Syste
2. Spare Tire Stowage The compact spare tire is stowed under the rear load floor in the cargo area Spare Tire Removal Lift up the load floor cover and remove the hold down Preparations For Jacking 1 Park the vehicle on a firm level surface avoiding ice or slippery areas 186 WARNING Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel 2 Set the parking brake 3 Place the shift lever in PARK automatic transaxle or REVERSE manual transaxle 4 Turn OFF the ignition 5 Turn on the Hazard Warning flasher 6 Block both the front and rear of the wheel diagonally opposite the jacking position For ex ample if changing the right front tire block the left rear wheel JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og NOTE Passengers should not remain in the vehicle while the vehicle is being jacked Jacking Instructions WARNING Carefully follow these tire changing warnings to help prevent personal injury or damage to your vehicle e Always park on a firm level surface as far from the edge of the roadway as possible before raising the vehicle e Block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel to be raised e Set the parking brake firmly and set an automat
3. alfunction Indicator Check Maintenance General 200 New Vehicle Break In Period 50 Engine 4 amp 444 4 cha hv ase os 112 Maintenance Procedures 200 ap Reading ui un em 89 Maintenance Schedule 226 238 Occupant Restraints 38 40 Oil Pressure 108 Malfunction Indicator Light Check Occupant Restraints Sedan 25 36 38 40 Rear 0 H4 Engine 112 Octane Rating Gasoline Fuel 164 Seat Belt Reminder 108 Manual Transaxle 139 141 212 Odometer s colli ke 109 Security Alarm Theft Alarm 16 111 Downshifting oaoa 141 the peewee oahu wate 109 110 Service Engine Soon Malfunction Fluid Level 212 Oil Change Indicator 109 115 se PM dh oye 112 Frequency of Fluid Change 212 Oil Change Indicator Reset 115 Side Repeater 219 Lubricant Selection 212 Oil Engine 201 221 Theft Alarm Security Alarm 111 Map Reading Lights 89 Capacity 221 Tire Pressure Monitoring TPMS 111 Master Cylinder Brakes 210 Change Interval 202 Traction Control 153 Methanol 164 Checking 201 Turn Signal 51 86 88 218 Methanol Fuel 164 Disposal 203 Voltage sie bck
4. 164 221 Gauges Coolant Temperature 107 FUG cud eg ek RR RUE Re den 107 Odometer 109 Tachomet r 109 Gearshift ui veu aen boas Res 143 General Information 15 19 General Maintenance 200 Glass Cleaning 214 Glove Compartment 101 Gross Axle Weight Rating 167 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 167 Hands Free Phone uconnect 60 pubnum Hazard Instrument Panel and Controls 105 Life of Tires 157 Driving Through Flowing Rising or Instrument Panel Cover 215 Liftgate Sedan 24 Shallow Standing Water 145 Instrument Panel Lens Cleaning 215 Liftgate Window Wiper Washer 100 Hazard Warning Flasher 179 Integrated Power Module Fuses 215 Light Bulbs aaan ss 51 217 Head Restraints 83 Interior Appearance Care 214 bs Orbe E 51 86 Headlights s s smt oem Rm 218 Intermittent Wipers Delay Wipers 90 Airbag 39 42 51 107 Cleaning 214 Introduction zs encre 4 PAU A 2 111 High Beam ee eee 88 AMIELOCK 3 amp uns de pm ete 113 High Beam Low Beam Select Switch 88 Jack Location 186 Back Up u ne ans sinus 218 Leveling BEER DRAN A 89 Jack Operation 185 186 Brake Warning 108 PASSING 88 Jacking Ins
5. JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Inflation pressures specified on the placard are always cold tire inflation pressure Cold tire inflation pressure is defined as the tire pressure after the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km after a three hour period The cold tire inflation pressure must not exceed the maximum infla tion pressure molded into the tire sidewall Check tire pressures more often if subject to a wide range of outdoor temperatures as tire pressures vary with temperature changes Tire pressures change by approximately 1 psi 7 kPa per 12 F 7 C of air temperature change Keep this in mind when checking tire pressure inside a garage especially in the Winter Example If garage temperature 68 F 20 C and the outside temperature 32 F 0 C then the cold tire inflation pressure should be in creased by 3 psi 21 kPa which equals 1 psi 7 kPa for every 12 F 7 C for this outside temperature condition 155 pubnum PAGE POSITION 158 Tire pressure may increase from 2 to 6 psi 13 to 40 kPa during operation Do not reduce this normal pressure build up or your tire pressure will be too low Tire Pressures for High Speed Operation The manufacturer advocates driving at safe speeds within posted speed limits Where Speed limits or conditions are such that the vehicle can be driv
6. pubnum Mist Feature Push down on the control lever to activate a single wipe to clear the windshield of road mist or spray from a passing vehicle As long as the lever is held down the wipers will continue to operate 4 031507504 Mist Control PAGE POSITION 93 CAUTION In cold weather always turn off the wiper switch and allow the wipers to return to the park position before turning off the engine If the wiper switch is left on and the wipers freeze to the windshield damage to the wiper motor may occur when the vehicle is re started TILT STEERING COLUMN This feature allows you to tilt the steering col umn upward or downward The tilt control lever is located on the left side of the steering col umn below the turn signal controls JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og Tilt Steering Control Push down on the lever to unlock the column With one hand firmly on the steering wheel move the steering column up or down as desired Push the lever up to lock the column firmly in place 91 pubnum PAGE POSITION 94 WARNING Do not adjust the steering column while driv ing Adjusting the steering column while driv ing or driving with the steering column un locked could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Be sure the steering column is locked before driving your vehicle Failure to follow this warning
7. 159 Safety Checks Inside Vehicle 51 Safety Checks Outside Vehicle 51 JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Safety Exhaust Gas 50 Safety TIPS ss ee ee dos 50 Schedule Maintenance 226 238 Seat Belt Maintenance 215 Seat Belt Reminder 34 Seat Belts 51 Adjustable Shoulder Belt 28 Adjustable Upper Shoulder Anchorage 28 Pregnant Women 34 Child Restraint 43 45 Front Seat sues nA SS RS 26 Inspection au md uk Rx RR 51 Pretensioners 31 Rear Seat 26 Untwisting Procedure 30 Seat Belts Sedan 25 S68l 4 sad do pme nn 79 Adjustment 80 Heated oa gis a din 81 Lumbar Support 80 Rear Folding 84 Rear Folding Sedan 84 Seatback Release 80 omne eb he he 80 Security Alarm Theft Alarm 15 16 Sentry Key Immobilizer 14 17 261 pubnum Sentry Key Programming 15 Service Assistance 246 Service Engine Soon Light Malfunction Indicator 112 Settings Personal 16 Shoulder Belts 26 Side Airbag 39 Side Repeater Lights 219 Side Window Demisters Defroste
8. pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum ABS Anti Lock Brake System 149 Adding Engine Coolant Antifreeze 208 Adding Fuel 165 Adding Washer Fluid 205 Additives Fuel 165 Air Cleaner Engine Engine Air Cleaner Filter 203 Air Conditioner Maintenance 204 Air Conditioning 125 Air Conditioning Controls 125 Air Conditioning Filter 132 Air Conditioning Operating Tips 133 Air Conditioning Refrigerant 204 205 Air Conditioning System 125 127 204 Air Pressure Tires 155 ae bo tu e dle p 34 40 Airbag Deployment 40 Airbag Light 39 42 51 107 Airbag Maintenance 41 Airbag Side 36 38 39 40 Airbag Window Side Curtain 36 38 40 Alarm Light 111 Alarm System Security Alarm 15 16 Alterations Modifications Vehicle 7 Antifreeze Engine Coolant 207 221 222 Capacities 221 Disposal 34244 make des 209 256 PAGE POSITION 258 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 149 Anti Lock Warning Light 113 Anti Theft Security Alarm Theft Alarm 15 16 Appearance Care 212 Automatic Dimming Mirror 58 Automatic Door Locks 21 Automatic Temperature Cont
9. 12 9 6 1 1 1 e 12 m 8 Ue 1211160 g o 3 ER 14 7 1 5 6 4 4 3 PAGE POSITION 121 Compass Variance Map JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og 80bbc346 119 pubnum PAGE POSITION 122 To set the variance with the ignition in the ON position with a short button press less than one second press and release the EVIC but ton several times until you have displayed the Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features menu Once in the Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features menu press and release less than one seconds the EVIC button several times until Compass Vari ance is highlighted The Compass Variance message and the current variance zone num ber will be displayed To change the zone press and hold longer than two seconds the EVIC button to increment the variance one step Repeat as necessary with individual long longer than two seconds EVIC button presses for each increment until the desired variance is achieved To exit the Variance Programming press the EVIC button with a short less than one second button press NOTE The factory default Zone is 8 During pro gramming the Zone value will wrap around from Zone 15 to Zone 1 120 Manual Compass Calibration If the compass appears erratic or inaccurate and the variance has been properly set you may wish to manually recal
10. Continued 142 CAUTION Continued Before shifting into any gear make sure your foot is firmly on the brake pedal 051010715 Shift Lever NOTE You MUST press and hold the brake pedal down while shifting out of PARK JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING It is dangerous to move the shift lever out of PARK or NEUTRAL if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could acceler ate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Brake Transmission Interlock System Automatic transmission vehicles are equipped with a Brake Transmission Shift Interlock Sys tem BTSI that holds the shift lever in the PARK position when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position To move the shift lever out of the PARK position the ignition switch must be turned to the ON or START position engine running or not and the brake pedal must be pressed NOTE If a malfunction occurs the transmission will not shift out of PARK Battery power is pubnum required to release the brake transmission interlock system There is a removable plug in the right side of the shifter housing that allows you to insert your finger to override
11. Fold Flat Front Passenger Seat To fold the front passenger seat lift the recliner handle to the full upward position and push the seatback forward until it rests on the seat cushion Fold Flat Front Passenger Seat Handle Front Passenger Seat Folded Flat JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum Adjusting Active Head Restraints Active Head Restraints can reduce the risk of injury in the event of a rear impact The Active Head Restraint should be adjusted so the top of the head restraint is located above the top of your ear 030907652 Adjusted Head Restraint To raise the head restraint pull upward on the head restraint on some models you may need to press the push button To lower the head restraint press the push button located at the base of the head restraint and push downward on the head restraint PAGE POSITION 85 Push Button For comfort the Active Head Restraints can be tilted forward and backward To tilt the head restraint closer to the back of your head pull outward on the bottom of the head restraint Push rearward on the bottom of the head restraint to move the head restraint away from your head JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 022607494 Active Head Restraint Normal Position 030907533 Active Head Restraint Tilted 83 pubnum
12. and Trim Plastic Rear Cover 4 Head Restraint 9680965 Guide Tubes CAUTION All occupants including the driver should not operate a vehicle or sit in a vehicle s seat until the head restraints are placed in their proper positions in order to minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of an accident JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og NOTE For more information on properly adjusting and positioning the head restraint refer to Adjusting Active Head Restraints in Un derstanding The Features Of Your Vehicle Resetting Active Head Restraints AHR If the Active Head Restraints are triggered in an accident you must reset the head restraint on the driver s and front passenger seat You can recognize when the Active Head Restraint has been triggered by the fact that they have moved forward as shown in step three of the resetting procedure 1 Grasp the deployed AHR from the rear seat pubnum 1 4 The AHR front soft foam and trim half should 4 lock into the back decorative plastic half 2 022607492 A Y 022607497 Hand Positioning Points On AHR 1 Downward Movement 2 R dM t crue 2 Position the hands on the top of the de Carwaro wovemen ployed AHR at a comfortable position ARH In Reset Fusion 3 Pull down then rearward towards the rear of 4 NOTE the vehicle then down to engage the locking e If you have difficulties o
13. pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 219 pubnum License Lamps 2 Rotate the socket 1 4 turn counterclockwise 3 Pull bulb from socket 1 Use a screw driver to gently pry against the side of the snap tab to remove the lamp from the liftgate Removing Socket From Lamp Removing Bulb From Socket Center High Mounted Stoplamp The lamp is an LED assembly See your autho Prying Lamp from Liftgate rized dealer for replacement 220 PAGE POSITION 222 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum FLUID CAPACITIES U S Metric Fuel Approximate 13 6 Gallons 51 5 Liters Engine Oil with Filter 2 0L and 2 4L Engine 4 5 Quarts 2 2L Diesel Engine 4 26 Liters HOAT Hybrid Organic Additive Technology or equivalent 4 2 Quarts 4 Liters Cooling System 2 0L and 2 4L Engine MOPAR Antifreeze Coolant 5 Year 100 000 Mile Formula 7 2 Quarts 6 8 Liters HOAT Hybrid Organic Additive Technology or equivalent 2 2L Diesel Engine MOPAR Antifreeze Coolant 5 Year 100 000 Mile Formula 10 Quarts 9 5 Liters Includes heater and coolant recovery bottle filled to MAX level PAGE POSITION 223 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og 221 pubnum FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND GENUINE PARTS Engine Component F
14. 11 Brake Warning Light This light monitors various brake func tions including brake fluid level and parking brake application If the brake light turns on it may indicate that the parking JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og brake is applied that the brake fluid level is low or that there is a problem with the anti lock brake system reservoir f the light remains on when the parking brake has been disengaged and the fluid level is at he full mark on the master cylinder reservoir it indicates a possible brake hydraulic system malfunction or that a problem with the Brake Booster has been detected by the Anti Lock Brake System ABS Electronic Stability Con rol ESC system In this case the light will remain on until the condition has been cor rected If the problem is related to the brake booster the ABS pump will run when applying he brake and a brake pedal pulsation may be felt during each stop The dual brake system provides a reserve braking capacity in the event of a failure to a portion of the hydraulic system A leak in either half of the dual brake system is indicated by the Brake Warning Light which will turn on when the brake fluid level in the master cylinder has dropped below a specified level The light will remain on until the cause is corrected pubnum NOTE The light may flash momentarily during sharp cornering maneuve
15. Preparations for Jump Start The battery in your vehicle is located in the front of the engine compartment below the air intake duct To access the battery remove the air intake duct by turning the two finger screws located on the radiator support 1 Set the parking brake shift the automatic transmission into PARK and turn the ignition to LOCK 2 Turn off the heater radio and all unneces sary electrical accessories 3 If using a another vehicle to jump start the battery park the vehicle within the jumper cables reach set the parking brake and make sure the ignition is OFF Positive Battery Post 189 PAGE POSITION 191 JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 192 WARNING Do not allow vehicles to touch each other as this could establish a ground connection and personal injury could result Jump Starting Procedure WARNING Failure to follow this procedure could result in personal injury or property damage due to battery explosion CAUTION Failure to follow these procedures could result in damage to the charging system of the booster vehicle or the discharged vehicle 1 Connect the positive end of the jumper cable to the positive post of the discharged vehicle 2 Connect the opposite end of the positive jumper cable to the positive post of the booster battery 190 3 C
16. OWNER REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE Selling Dealer OWNER Stamp ADDRESS Selling Dealer Signature vnl Telephone Number Private Make Business Model have provided and explained the following Day Month DATE OF REG _ Registration No or License No Year OPERATING MANUAL Vehicle Handbook VEHICLE PRE DELIVERY INSPECTION CUSTOMER SIGNATURE DEALER SIGNATURE PAGE POSITION 1 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 80f40608 pubnum PAGE POSITION 2 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION PC 3 2 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE 9 3 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE 53 4 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL lle hn 103 5 STARTING AND OPERATING 12 a dx xr ee BUNC ee a ee BUR NS a ix 135 6 WHAT DO IN EMERGENCIES 177 7 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE 195 8 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES es ooa dde pere REDES ea PPS REM EE 225 9 IF YOU NEED CON
17. 3757AK or 3757A Rear Tail Lamps Turn Signals Fog Front Position W5W and Backup Lamps Front Side Repeater WYSW FrontFogLamp PSX24W 1 Remove the two push pins from the tail lamp Rear Fog Lamp 3157 housing Center High Mounted Stop Lamp CHMSL LED Assembly Rear Tail Stop 3157 Push Pins Removed Rear Turn Signal 3757AK or 3757A Backup Lamp W16W 921 2 Grasp the taillamp and pull firmly to disen License Lamp W5W gage the lamp from the aperture panel BULB REPLACEMENT Front Headlamps Parking Turn Signal and Front Position Lamps See your authorized dealer for replacement Fog Lamps 1 Access lamp through the lower fascia cut out Removing Push Pins Pulling Tail Lamp From Body 218 PAGE POSITION 220 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum 3 Twist and remove socket from lamp 8180e6eb Removing Socket And Bulb 4 Remove bulb from socket and replace amp xii uem 8180e6f9 Removing Bulb From Socket Side Repeater Lamps Side Marker Location 1 Push side repeater to one side to release the Spring tension and pull outward 2 Twist socket one quarter turn and pull socket from lens 3 Pull bulb straight from socket and replace Side Repeater Bulb Removal PAGE POSITION 221 JOB 2
18. Connect or Disconnect Link Between the Uconnect Phone and Cellular Phone Your cellular phone can be paired with many different electronic devices but can only be actively connected with one electronic device at a time If you would like to connect or disconnect the Bluetooth connection between a Uconnect Phone paired cellular phone and the Uconnect Phone follow the instructions de scribed in your cellular phone User s Manual List Paired Cellular Phone Names e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Setup Phone Pairing e When prompted say List Phones e The Uconnect Phone will play the phone names of all paired cellular phones in order from the highest to the lowest priority To JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og select or delete a paired phone being announced press the vr button and say Select or Delete Also see the next two sections for an alternate way to select or delete a paired phone Select Another Cellular Phone This feature allows you to select and start using another phone paired with the Uconnect Phone e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Setup Select Phone and follow the prompts e You can also press the button at any time while the list is being played and t
19. ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2 2L DIESEL 070208885 5 Battery 6 Engine Oil Dipstick 7 Engine Coolant Reservoir 1 Washer Fluid Reservoir 2 Engine Oil Fill 3 Brake Fluid Reservoir 4 Integrated Power Module 199 PAGE POSITION 201 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 202 ONBOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with a sophisticated Onboard Diagnostic system called OBD Il This system monitors the performance of the emis Sions engine and automatic transmission con rol systems When these systems are operat ing properly your vehicle will provide excellent performance and fuel economy as well as engine emissions well within current govern ment regulations f any of these systems require service the OBD II system will turn on the Malfunction ndicator Light MIL It will also store diagnos ic codes and other information to assist your service technician in making repairs Although your vehicle will usually be drivable and not need towing see your authorized dealer for Service as soon as possible 200 CAUTION e Prolonged driving with the MIL on could cause further damage to the emission con trol system It could also affect fuel economy and drivability The vehicle must be serviced before any emissions tests can be performed e f the MIL is flashing while the engi
20. Reclining Rear Seat If Equipped For additional comfort pull the strap forward just enough to release the seatback latch Hood Release Lever and seat belts e Be sure that everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly y 030907155 Reclining Rear Seat Strap 85 PAGE POSITION 87 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum PAGE POSITION 88 2 Move the safety catch located under the front edge of the hood near the center and raise the hood 031308846 Safety Catch Lift the hood prop rod clipped to the left side right side facing hood of the engine compart ment to secure the hood in the open position Place the hood prop at the location stamped into the inner hood surface 86 CAUTION To prevent possible damage do not slam the hood to close it Lower the hood until it is open approximately 8 in 20 cm and then drop it This should secure both latches Never drive your vehicle unless the hood is fully closed with both latches engaged WARNING Be sure the hood is fully latched before driving your vehicle If the hood is not fully latched it could open when the vehicle is in motion and block your vision Failure to follow this warn ing could result in serious injury or death JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og LIGHTS Multifunc
21. 139 Manual Transaxle If Equipped 139 e Automatic Transaxle If Equipped 139 Normal Starting Gasoline Engine 139 Extremely Cold Weather below 20 F or 29 C 140 o If Engine Fails to 140 Aten Starting e rrr 140 Normal Starting Diesel Engine 140 e MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED 141 sDownshifting eT TTC TC 141 e AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION IF EQUIPPED 142 e Brake Transmission Interlock System 142 e Automatic Transmission Ignition Interlock System 143 s GeanRanges 143 e AUTOSTICK IF EQUIPPED 144 s Operation m et PTT ccc T 144 135 PAGE POSITION 137 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 136 PAGE POSITION 138 e General Information 144 DRIVING ON SLIPPERY SURFACES 145 e Accelerationg no 145 OMEGA rrr 145 e DRIVING THROUGH WATER 145 Flowing Rising Water 145 Shallow Standing Water 146 POWER STEERING 147 Power Steering Fluid Check 147 es PARKINGIBRAK EGE RE 148 e BRAKES TEM 149 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 149 ELECTRONIC BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM 151 Anti Lock Brake
22. Phone When this happens the connection can generally be re established by switching the phone off on Your cellular phone is recommended to remain in Bluetooth ON mode Power Up After switching the ignition key from OFF to either ON or ACC position or after a language change you must wait at least 15 seconds prior to using the system pubnum Voice Tree Main Menu UConnect English gency ES Ps ol Phonebook Francais German Breakdown Service Italian Last Dutch See Enter Phonebook umber on Phone Flowchart is redialed See Setup Flowchart The 32 name language specific phonebook will be used The phones paired are available across all languages Number associated Number with entry is Dialed is dialed Note Available Voice commands are shown in bold face and are underlined 030609126 PAGE POSITION 75 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 73 pubnum 74 Voice Tree Phonebook New Entry Enter Name Phonebook Entries Listed one Enter Location 2nd Confirmation Enter Location Enter Location Current Number is played Enter New Number Entry is modified Note Available Voice commands are shown in bold face and are underlined Enter Number Phonebook New Entry Added 81c6bf80 PAGE POSITION 76 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler G
23. pubnum WARNING e The warning words DO NOT OPEN HOT on the cooling system pressure cap are a safety precaution Never add engine cool ant antifreeze when the engine is over heated Do not loosen or remove the cap to cool an overheated engine Heat causes pressure to build up in the cooling system To prevent scalding or injury do not remove the pressure cap while the system is hot or under pressure e Do not use a pressure cap other than the one specified for your vehicle Personal injury or engine damage may result Disposal Of Used Engine Coolant Used ethylene glycol based engine coolant antifreeze is a regulated substance requiring proper disposal Check with your local authori ties to determine the disposal rules for your community To prevent ingestion by animals or children do not store ethylene glycol based engine coolant antifreeze in open containers or allow it to remain in puddles on the ground PAGE POSITION 211 If ingested by a child or pet seek emergency assistance immediately Clean up any ground spills immediately Coolant Level The coolant bottle provides a quick visual method for determining that the coolant level is adequate With the engine idling and warm to normal operating temperature the level of the engine coolant antifreeze in the bottle should be between the ADD and FULL lines shown on the bottle The radiator normally remains completely full so ther
24. 34 e Seat Belts And Pregnant Women 34 e Supplemental Restraint System SRS Airbags 34 Advanced Front Airbag Features 35 e Airbag Deployment Sensors and Controls 38 Event Data Recorder EDR 42 Child Restraint 43 ENGINE BREAK IN RECOMMENDATIONS 50 e Additional Requirements For Diesel Engine Equipped E 50 11 PAGE POSITION 13 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 14 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum A WORD ABOUT YOUR KEYS The authorized dealer that sold you your new vehicle has the key code numbers for your vehicle locks These numbers can be used to order duplicate keys Ask your authorized dealer for these numbers and keep them in a safe place 81866c27 Vehicle Key Ignition Key Removal Automatic Transaxle 1 Place the shift lever into PARK 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position PAGE POSITION 15 JOB 3 Push the key and cylinder inward and rotate the key to the LOCK position 4 Remove the key from the lock cylinder 2 020205845 2 Ignition Switch Positions 3 ON 4 START 1 LOCK 2 ACC ACCESSORY NOTE If you try to remove the key before you place the shif
25. 6 mode Using the Power Button Push and release the Power Button Push and release the Power Button 4 again to turn OFF the TIREFIT kit Press the Deflation Button 2 to reduce the air pressure in the tire if it becomes over inflated TIREFIT Usage Precautions e Replace the TIREFIT Sealant Bottle 1 and Sealant and to inflate when selecting this 4 once to turn ON the TIREFIT kit Using the Deflation Button If Equipped Sealant Hose 6 prior to the expiration date PAGE POSITION 183 printed on the bottle label to assure opti mum operation of the system Refer to Seal ing a Tire with TIREFIT section F Sealant Bottle and Hose Replacement The Sealant Bottle 1 and Sealant Hose 6 is a one tire application use After each use always immediately replace these compo nents at an authorized dealer When the TIREFIT sealant is in a liquid form clean water and a damp cloth will remove the material from the vehicle or tire and wheel components Once the sealant dries it can easily be peeled off and properly discarded For optimum performance make sure the valve stem on the wheel is free of debris before connecting the TIREFIT kit You can use the TIREFIT air pump to inflate bicycle tires The kit also comes with two needles located in the Accessory Storage Compartment located on the bottom of the air pump for inflating sport balls rafts or like inflatable items However use only the Air
26. Brake Assist System BAS The BAS is designed to optimize the vehicle s braking capability during emergency braking maneuvers The system detects an emergency braking situation by sensing the rate and amount of brake application and then applies optimum pressure to the brakes This can help reduce braking distances The BAS comple ments the Anti Lock Brake System ABS Ap plying the brakes very quickly results in the best BAS assistance To receive the benefit of the system you must apply continuous brak ing pressure during the stopping sequence do not pump the brakes Do not reduce brake JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pedal pressure unless braking is no longer desired Once the brake pedal is released the BAS is deactivated WARNING e The Brake Assist System BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase the traction afforded by prevailing road conditions e The BAS cannot prevent accidents includ ing those resulting from excessive speed in turns driving on very slippery surfaces or hydroplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents e The capabilities of a BAS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Traction Control System TCS This system monitors the amount of wh
27. If Equipped The Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC features a driver interactive display that is located in the instrument cluster 114 E 14 C FM 101 1 10 041008899 Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Location The EVIC consists of the following e System Status e Vehicle information warning message dis plays e Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features e Compass heading e Outside temperature display e Trip computer functions e Uconnect Phone displays If Equipped JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og e Audio mode display e Tire Pressure Monitor TPM If Equipped When the appropriate conditions exist the Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC displays the following messages e Turn Signal On with a continuous warning chime after 1 mile 1 6 km of distance travelled e Left Front Turn Signal Lamp Out with a single chime e Left Rear Turn Signal Lamp Out with a single chime e Right Front Turn Signal Lamp Out with a single chime e Right Rear Turn Signal Lamp Out with a single chime e RKE Battery Low with a single chime e Personal Settings Not Available vehicle not in park automatic transmission or vehicle is in motion manual transmission pubnum Left Right Front Door Ajar one or more with a single chime if speed is above 1 mph 1 km h Left Right Rear Door Ajar o
28. commands Voice Training For users experiencing difficulty with the sys tem recognizing their voice commands or num bers the Uconnect Voice Voice Training feature may be used 1 Press the Voice Command button say System Setup and once you are in that menu then say Voice Training This will train your own voice to the system and will improve recognition 2 Repeat the words and phrases when prompted by Uconnect Voice For best re JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og sults the Voice Training session should be completed when the vehicle is parked engine running all windows closed and the blower fan switched off This procedure may be repeated with a new user The system will adapt to the ast trained voice only SEATS Seats are a primary part of the Occupant Restraint System of the vehicle They need to be used properly for safe operation of the vehicle WARNING e DO NOT allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly 79 pubnum PAGE POSITION 82 Manual Front Seat Adjustment The adjusting bar is at the front of the seats near the floor Pull the bar upward to move the seat forward or rearward R
29. 202 American Petroleum Institute API Engine Oil Identification Symbol This symbol means that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API The manu facturer only rec ommends API Certified engine oils CAUTION Do not use chemical flushes in your engine oil as the chemicals can damage your engine Such damage is not covered by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Engine Oil Selection Gasoline Engine ACEA Categories For countries that use the ACEA European Oil Categories for Service Fill Oils use engine oils JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og that meet the requirements of ACEA C3 and that are approved to MB 229 31 or MB 229 51 Engine Oil Viscosity SAE Grade Gasoline Engines SAE 5W 20 engine oil is recommended for all operating temperatures This engine oil im proves low temperature starting and vehicle fuel economy The engine oil filler cap also shows the recom mended engine oil viscosity for your engine For information on engine oil filler cap location refer to Engine Compartment in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further information NOTE SAE 5W 30 engine oil approved to MB 229 31 or MB 229 51 may be used when SAE 5W 20 engine oil is not available Engine Oil Selection Diesel Engine For best performance and maximum protection under all types of operating conditions the manufacturer recommends
30. 31 0 30 247 16 00 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og NEW ZEALAND Chrysler New Zealand Private Bag 14907 Panmure New Zealand Tel 09573 7800 Fax 09573 7808 NORWAY Chrysler Norge A S Solheimveien 7 N 1471 L renskog Tel 47 67 92 60 00 Fax 47 67 90 53 10 PANAMA Grupo Q de Panam Calle 50 Final Edificio 68 San Francisco Panam Panam Tel 507 303 1100 Fax 507 303 0980 PARAGUAY Cencar S A Avda Mariscal Lopez No 5700 Asuncion Paraguay Tel 59521515911 Fax 59521515924 249 pubnum PAGE POSITION 252 PERU Divemotor S A Calle Alejandro Bussalleu 151 Urb Sta Cat alina La Victoria Lima Peru Tel 51 1 712 2000 Fax 51 1 712 2002 POLAND Chrysler Polska Sp z o o ul Gotlieba Daimlera 1 02 480 Warszawa Tel 801 330 300 PORTUGAL Chrysler Portugal S A Qta da Fonte Edif D Am lia Rua Victor C mara 2 12A 2770 229 Paco de Arcos Portugal Tel 351 0 21 323 91 00 Fax 351 0 21 323 91 99 250 PUERTO RICO AND U S VIRGIN ISLANDS Chrysler International Services S A P O Box 191857 San Juan 009191857 Tel 7877825757 Fax 7877823345 ROMANIA S C Auto Rom S R L Bucuresti Bd Expozitiei nr 2 RO 78334 Tel 01 2240020 25 Fax 01 2241638 RUSSIA Chrysler RUS SAO 39A Leningradsky prospect 125167 Moscow Tel 7 495 745 2600 Fax 7 495 745 2601 SLOVENIA C
31. Activating recircu lation will cause the LED in the control button to illuminate pubnum NOTE Continuous use of the recirculation mode may make the inside air stuffy and win dow fogging may occur Extended use of this mode is not recommended The use of the recirculation mode in cold or damp weather will cause windows to fog on the inside because of moisture buildup inside the vehicle Select the Out side Air position for maximum defogging The A C will engage automatically to pre vent fogging when the recirculation but ton is pressed and the mode control is set to Panel or Bi Level The A C can be deselected manually with out disturbing the mode control selection When the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position the recirculation feature will be cancelled PAGE POSITION 129 Air Conditioning Control Press this button to en gage the Air Condition ing A light will illumi nate when the Air Conditioning System is engaged Rotating the dial left into the blue area of the scale indi cates cooler tempera tures while rotating right into the red area indicates warmer tempera tures NOTE The air conditioning compressor will not engage until the engine has been running for about 10 seconds e MAX A C For maximum cooling use the A C and recircu lation buttons at the same time e ECONOMY MODE If economy mode is desired press the A C button to turn OFF the indicator light and the A C compr
32. CROATIA EUROLINE d o o Kovinska 5 10 000 Zagreb Tel 385 1 3441 111 Fax 385 1 3441 113 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og CZECH REPUBLIC Chrysler Czech Republic s r o Daimlerova 2296 2 149 45 Praha 4 Chodov Czech Republic Tel 420 0 2 71077 111 Tel 420 0 2 25101 111 Fax 420 0 2 71077 507 DENMARK Chrysler Danmark ApS Frederikskaj 4 DK 1790 K benhavn V Tel 45 0 35 256 830 Fax 45 0 35 256 832 DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Reid y Compa ia John F Kennedy Casi Esq Lope de Vega Santo Domingo Dominican Republic Tel 809 562 7211 Fax 809 565 8774 247 pubnum PAGE POSITION 250 ECUADOR Chrysler Jeep Automotriz del Ecuador Av Juan Tanca Marengo km 4 5 Guayaquil Ecuador Tel 593 4 225 7935 Fax 593 4 224 7787 EL SALVADOR Grupo Q del Salvador Blvd Los Pr ceres y Avenida No 1 Lomas de San Francisco San Salvador El Salvador Tel 503 22730988 Fax 503 278 5731 ESTONIA Silberauto AS J rvevana tee 11 11314 Tallinn Tel 06 266 098 Tel 06 266 050 Fax 06 266 066 248 FINLAND Chrysler FinlandOy Ristipellontie 5 00390 HELSINKI Tel 020 54771 Fax 020 5477 485 FRANCE Chrysler France Parc de Rocquencourt BP100 F 78153 Le Chesnay Cedex Tel 33 1 39 23 56 00 Fax 33 1 39 23 57 92 GERMANY Chrysler Deutschland GmbH Englische StraBe 30 D 10587 Berlin Telefon 49 0 30 2690
33. NOTE e The head restraints should only be re moved by qualified technicians for ser WARNING Continued Do not place items over the top of the vice purposes only If either of the head Active Head Restraint such as coats seat restraints require removal see your au covers or portable DVD players These thorized dealer items may interfere with the operation of In the event of deployment of an Active the Active Head Restraint in the event of an Head Restraint refer to Occupant accident and could result in serious injury Restraints Resetting Active Head Re or death straints AHR in Things to Know Be e Active Head Restraints may be deployed if wl fore Starting Your Vehicle for further in they are struck by an object such as a Folding Rear Seat Strap formation hand foot or loose cargo To avoid acci dental deployment of the Active Head Re WARNING straint ensure that all cargo is secured as Driving a vehicle with the head restraints loose cargo could contact the Active Head removed or improperly adjusted could cause serious injury or death in the event of a collision The head restraints should al ways be checked prior to operating the vehicle and never adjusted while the ve hicle is in motion Always adjust the head restraints when the vehicle is in PARK 84 PAGE POSITION 86 Continued Restraint during sudden stops Failure to follow this warning could cause personal injury if the
34. PAGE POSITION 31 Mini Latch Stowage 2 Grasp the mini latch plate and pull the belt over the seat 3 Route the shoulder belt to the inside of the right head restraint JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Routing The Rear Center Shoulder Belt 4 When the belt is long enough to fit insert the mini latch plate into the mini buckle until you hear a click 5 Sit back in seat Slide the regular latch plate up the webbing as far as necessary to allow the belt to go around your lap 29 pubnum PAGE POSITION 32 6 When the belt is long enough to fit insert the latch plate into the buckle until you hear a click Connecting Mini Latch to Buckle 7 Position the lap belt across your thighs below your abdomen To remove slack in the lap belt portion pull up on the shoulder belt To loosen the lap belt if itis too tight pull on the lap belt A snug belt reduces the risk of sliding under the belt in a collision 30 Rear Center Seat Belt Buckled 8 Position the shoulder belt on your chest so that it is comfortable and not resting on your neck The retractor will withdraw any slack in the belt 9 To release the belt push the red button on the buckle JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Detaching Mini Latch And Buckle 10 To disengage the mini latch from the mini bu
35. Properly dis pose of old engine coolant antifreeze Selection Of Coolant Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further information 207 pubnum PAGE POSITION 210 CAUTION Mixing of engine coolant antifreeze other than specified Hybrid Organic Additive Technology HOAT engine coolant anti freeze may result in engine damage and may decrease corrosion protection If a non HOAT engine coolant antifreeze is introduced into the cooling system in an emergency it should be replaced with the specified engine coolant antifreeze as Soon as possible e Do not use water alone or alcohol based engine coolant antifreeze products Do not use additional rust inhibitors or antirust products as they may not be compatible with the radiator engine coolant and may plug the radiator e This vehicle has not been designed for use with Propylene Glycol based engine cool ant antifreeze Use of Propylene Glycol based engine coolant antifreeze is not recommended 208 Adding Coolant Your vehicle has been built with an improved engine coolant antifreeze that allows ex tended maintenance intervals This engine coolant antifreeze can be used up to five years or 105 000 miles 168 000 km before replacement To prevent reducing this ex tended maintenance period it is important that you use the same engine coolant antifreeze throughout the life of your vehicl
36. TRAILER TOWING a ENSIS 167 e Common Towing Definitions 167 137 PAGE POSITION 139 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 138 PAGE POSITION 140 Breakaway Cable Attachment 168 e Trailer Towing Weights Maximum Trailer Weight Ratings een eee ene RE 169 e Trailer and Tongue Weight 170 Towing Requirements 170 s Towing TIPS soe sese hs m e ena aces en EE RUOTE la 174 RECREATIONAL TOWING BEHIND MOTORHOME ETC 175 Towing This Vehicle Behind Another Vehicle Flat Towing With All Four Wheels On The Ground 175 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum STARTING PROCEDURES Before starting your vehicle adjust your seat adjust both inside and outside mirrors and asten your seat belts WARNING Never leave children alone in a vehicle Leav ing children in a vehicle unattended is danger ous for a number of reasons A child or others could be seriously or fatally injured Do not leave the keys in the ignition A child could operate power windows other controls or move the vehicle Manual Transaxle If Equipped Before starting the engine fully apply the park ing brake press the clutch pedal to the floor and place the shift lever in NEUTRAL NOTE The engine will not start unle
37. a short amount of time This is due to the cold thick fluid in the steering system This noise should be considered normal and it does not in any way damage the steering system PAGE POSITION 149 WARNING Continued operation with reduced power steering assist could pose a safety risk to yourself and others Service should be ob tained as soon as possible CAUTION Prolonged operation of the steering system at the end of the steering wheel travel will in crease the steering fluid temperature and it should be avoided when possible Damage to the power steering pump may occur Power Steering Fluid Check Checking the power steering fluid level at a defined service interval is not required The fluid should only be checked if a leak is sus pected abnormal noises are apparent and or the system is not functioning as anticipated Coordinate inspection efforts through an autho rized dealer JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og CAUTION Do not use chemical flushes in your power steering system as the chemicals can dam age your power steering components Such damage is not covered by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty WARNING Fluid level should be checked on a level surface and with the engine off to prevent injury from moving parts and to ensure accu rate fluid level reading Do not overfill Use only manufacturers recommended power steering flui
38. call on your cellular phone the Uconnect Phone will interrupt the vehicle audio system if on and will ask if you would like to answer the call Press the we button to accept the call To reject the call press and hold the button until you hear a single beep indicating that the incoming call was rejected 66 Answer or Reject an Incoming Call Call Currently in Progress If a call is currently in progress and you have another incoming call you will hear the same network tones for call waiting that you normally hear when using your cellular phone Press the button to place the current call on hold and answer the incoming call NOTE The Uconnect Phone compatible phones in the market today do not support rejecting an incoming call when another call is in progress Therefore the user can only an swer an incoming call or ignore it Making a Second Call While Current Call in Progress To make a second call while you are currently on a call press the vr button and say Dial or Call followed by the phone number or phonebook entry you wish to call The first call will be on hold while the second call is in progress To go back to the first call refer to Toggling Between Calls To combine two calls refer to Conference Call JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Place Retrieve a Call From Hold To put a call on hold press the button until you hear a
39. front fog lights are on JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 24 Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked e monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufac turer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres sure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pres sure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability 111 pubnum PAGE POSITION 114 Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger il
40. lo cated in the instrument cluster ee starts to flash as soon as the tires OFF lose traction and the ESC system becomes active The ESC Off In dicator Light also flashes when TCS is active If the ESC Off Indicator Light begins to flash during acceleration ease up on the accelerator and apply as little throttle as possible Be sure to adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING e The Electronic Stability Control ESC can not prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase the traction afforded by prevailing road conditions e ESC cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns driving on very slippery surfaces or hydroplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents e The capabilities of an ESC equipped ve hicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopar dize the users safety or the safety of others ESC Malfunction Indicator Light The ESC Malfunction Indicator Light in the instrument cluster wil come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position should go out with the engine run ning If the ESC Malfunction Indi 153 pubnum PAGE POSITION 156 cator Light comes on continuously with the engine running a malfunc
41. of your vehicle or other passengers or you can be thrown out of the vehicle Always be sure you and others in your vehicle are buck led up properly Buckle up even though you are an excellent driver even on short trips Someone on the road may be a poor driver and cause a collision hat includes you This can happen far away from home or on your own street Research has shown that seat belts save lives and they can reduce the seriousness of injuries in a collision Some of the worst injuries happen when people are thrown from the vehicle Seat belts reduce the possibility of ejection and the risk of injury caused by striking the inside of the vehicle Everyone in a motor vehicle should be belted at all times 26 Lap Shoulder Belts All the seating positions in your vehicle are equipped with combination lap shoulder belts The belt webbing retractor is designed to lock during very sudden stops or collisions This feature allows the shoulder part of the belt to move freely with you under normal conditions But in a collision the belt will lock and reduce the risk of you striking the inside of the vehicle or being thrown out WARNING e t is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belt
42. quired will be displayed in the EVIC and a single chime will sound indicating that an oil change is necessary On Non EVIC equipped vehicles Change Oil will flash in the instrument cluster odometer and a single chime will sound indicating that an oil change is necessary The oil change indicator message will illumi nate approximately 7 000 miles 11 200 km after the most recent oil change was per formed Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within 500 miles 800 km However an earlier oil change at 3 000 miles 5 000 km may be required if the vehicle is operated under Severe Duty Conditions later in this section 226 NOTE The oil change indicator message will not monitor the time since the last oil change Change your vehicle s oil if it has been six months since your last oil change and even if the oil change indicator message is NOT illuminated e Change your engine oil more often if you drive your vehicle off road for an ex tended period of time e Under no circumstances should oil change intervals exceed 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 6 months whichever comes first Your authorized dealer will reset the oil change indicator message after completing the sched uled oil change If this scheduled oil change is performed by someone other than your autho rized dealer the message can be reset by referring to the steps described under Oil Change Required in Use Factory Settings of the EVIC
43. switch a second time to select Low level heating Press the switch a third time to shut the heat ing elements Off 81 pubnum PAGE POSITION 84 If High level heating is selected the system automatically switches to Low level heating and turns one indicator light off after 30 minutes of continuous operation It will turn the heater and the remaining indicator light off after an additional 30 minutes of continuous operation If Low level heating is selected the system automatically turns the heater and the indicator light off after 30 minutes of continuous opera tion NOTE Once a heat setting is selected heat will be felt within two to five minutes WARNING e Persons who are unable to feel pain to the Skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medi cation alcohol use exhaustion or other physical condition must exercise care when using the seat heater It may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Continued 82 WARNING Continued e Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion This may cause the seat heater to overheat Sitting in a seat that has been overheated could cause serious burns due to the increased surface temperature of the Seat CAUTION Repeated overheating of the seat could dam age the heating element and or degrade the material of the seat
44. system It will be used in the following Euro pean countries which apply Directive 1999 5 EC Austria Belgium Czech Republic Den mark Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Ireland Italy Luxembourg Nether lands Norway Poland Portugal Romania Russian Federation Slovenia Spain Sweden Switzerland Yugoslavia and United Kingdom e This device may not cause harmful interfer ence e This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM IF EQUIPPED The Vehicle Security Alarm monitors the doors hood liftgate and ignition switch for unautho rized operation If something triggers the Vehicle Security Alarm the horn will sound for 29 seconds and turn off all of the visual signals after an additional 31 seconds If the triggering device is not 15 pubnum PAGE POSITION 18 deactivated the horn will sound again after a five second delay for another 30 seconds If the trigger remains present this cycle will repeat for up to five minutes To Set the Security Alarm 1 Remove the key from the ignition switch and get out of the vehicle 2 Lock the door using either the power door LOCK switch or the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter and close all doors 3 The Vehicle Security Light in the instrument cluster will flash rapidly for approximately 16 seconds This shows that the Vehicle Secu rity
45. vehicle s traction capabilities Do not ex ceed 5 mph 8 km h when driving through standing water Driving through standing water limits your vehicle s braking capabilities which in creases stopping distances Therefore af ter driving through standing water drive slowly and lightly press on the brake pedal several times to dry the brakes e Getting water inside your vehicle s engine can cause it to lock up and stall out and leave you stranded e Failure to follow these warnings may result in injuries that are serious or fatal to you your passengers and others around you PAGE POSITION 148 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum POWER STEERING The standard power steering system will give you good vehicle response and increased ease of maneuverability in tight spaces The system will provide mechanical steering capability if power assist is lost If for some reason the power assist is inter rupted it will still be possible to steer your vehicle Under these conditions you will ob serve a substantial increase in steering effort especially at very low vehicle speeds and during parking maneuvers NOTE Increased noise levels at the end of the steering wheel travel are considered nor mal and do not indicate that there is a problem with the power steering system Upon initial start up in cold weather the power steering pump may make noise for
46. 0 Telefax 49 0 30 2690 3999 GRAND DUCHY OF LUXEMBOURG TNT MAILFAST C O Chrysler Belgium Luxembourg BRU BRU 37850 Antwoord Nummer 193032 1930 Zaventem Belgium Tel 0800 6661 Fax 32 02 717 33 GREECE Chrysler Jeep Dodge Hellas 240 242 Kifisias Avenue 15231 Halandri Athens Greece Tel 30 210 6700800 Fax 30 210 6700820 GUATEMALA Grupo Q del Guatemala Edificio Grupo Q calle Mariscal Cruz 9 04 Zona 4 Ciudad de Guatemala Guatemala Tel 502 6685 9500 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum HONDURAS Grupo Q de Honduras Blvd Centro Am rica frente a Plaza Miraflores Tegucigalpa Honduras Tel 504 235 9220 Fax 504 232 6564 HUNGARY Chrysler Automotive Hungaria Kft H 1133 Budapest K rp t u 21 Tel 36 1 887 7000 Fax 36 1 887 7098 IRELAND C J IRELAND CONCESSIONAIRES LIMITED Clonlara Avenue Baldonnell Business Park Baldonnell Dublin 22 Ireland Tel 1890 946866 PAGE POSITION 251 ITALY Chrysler Italia S r l Via Giulio Vincenzo Bona 110 00156 Roma Tel 06 41442812 Fax 06 418823114 E mail talkto chrysler com LATVIA TC MOTORS LTD 40 Krasta Str LV 1003 Riga Tel 07 812 312 FAX 07 812 313 LITHUANIA Silberauto AS Laisves av 125 A LT 2022 VILNIUS Tel 02 301037 Fax 02 301036 NETHERLANDS Chrysler Nederland B V Postbus 2088 NL 3500 GB Utrecht Tel 31 0 30 247 19 11 Fax
47. 112 Checking Your Vehicle For Safety 50 Checks Safety 50 Child Restraint 43 45 Child Restraint Tether Anchors 48 Child Safety Locks 22 Child Seat x obe ERR RE 46 49 Clean Air Gasoline 165 Cleaning Wheels es ze ede hee d 213 Climate Control 125 CGA x uus oe a pts este 210 Clutch Fluid 22 mv Resa 210 Coin Holder 97 Compact Disc CD Maintenance 124 Compact Spare Tire 156 Compass Variance 118 Connector se aos mallet Gok ee ae 120 Universal Consumer Interface UCI 120 PAGE POSITION 259 CONSOLE zz aA si Er e oko 97 Coolant Antifreeze 221 222 Cooler Beverage 101 Cooling System 207 Adding Coolant Antifreeze 208 Coolant Level 207 209 Disposal of Used Coolant 209 Drain Flush and Refill 207 Inspection uus snb 209 Points to Remember 208 209 Pressure Cap 208 Selection of Coolant Antifreeze 207 Corrosion Protection 212 Cruise Light 110 Cupholders 97 Customer Assistance 246 Defroster Rear Window 101 Defroster Windshield 51 126 130 Delay Intermittent Wipers 90 Diagnostic System Onboard 200 Diesel Fuel 165 Diesel Fuel Requirements 16
48. Active Head Restraint is de ployed Folding Rear Seat To provide additional storage area each rear seatback can be folded forward Pull the strap forward to move the seat forward and flat To raise the seatback pull the strap forward and lift the seatback into its upright position Rear Seats Folded Flat JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum Then push the seatback to a reclined position TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE HOOD approximately 35 degrees maximum and re To open the hood two latches must be re ease the strap leased WARNING Be certain that the seatback is securely locked into position If the seatback is not securely locked into position the seat will not WARNING an a release lever located on the provide the proper stability for child seats e Do not ride with the seatback reclined so rn and or passengers An improperly latched that the shoulder belt is no longer resting seat could cause serious injury against your chest In a collision you could y slide under the seat belt and be seriously or even fatally injured Use the recliner only with the vehicle is parked e Itis extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo NN area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats
49. Alarm is arming During this period if a door is opened the ignition switch is turned ON or the power door locks are unlocked in any manner the Vehicle Security Alarm will auto matically disarm After approximately 16 sec onds the Vehicle Security Light will flash slowly This shows that the Vehicle Security Alarm is fully armed To Disarm the System Press UNLOCK on the RKE transmitter 16 Vehicle Security Alarm Manual Override The Vehicle Security Alarm will not arm if you lock the doors using the manual door lock plunger PREMIUM VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM IF EQUIPPED The Premium Vehicle Security Alarm system monitors the doors hood latch liftgate and ignition switch for unauthorized operation If something triggers the security alarm the audible alert will sound for 30 seconds and flash the lights for 60 seconds If the triggering device is not deactivated the audible alert will sound again after a five second delay for an other 30 seconds If the trigger remains present this cycle will repeat for up to five minutes If the intrusion sensor is enabled the security alarm will trigger the audible alert for 29 sec onds When this portion of the alarm is set movement inside the vehicle will trigger the Vehicle Security Alarm JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og To Arm the System 1 Remove the key from the ignition switch and get out of the vehicle
50. Belt Reminder Light will illuminate and the chime will sound Refer to Occupant Restraints in Things To Know Before Starting Your Vehicle for further information 9 Oil Pressure Warning Light Qu This light indicates low engine oil pres sure The light should turn on momen tarily when the engine is started If the light turns on while driving stop the vehicle and shut off the engine as soon as possible A chime will sound for four minutes when this light turns on Do not operate the vehicle until the cause is corrected This light does not indicate how 108 much oil is in the engine The engine oil level must be checked under the hood 10 Engine Temperature Warning Light This light warns of an overheated en gine condition As temperatures rise wwe and the gauge approaches H this indicator will illuminate and a single chime will sound after reaching a set threshold Further overheating will cause the temperature gauge to pass H the indicator will continuously flash and a continuous chime will occur until he engine is allowed to cool f the light turns on while driving safely pull over and stop the vehicle If the A C system is on turn it off Also shift the transmission into NEUTRAL and idle the vehicle If the tempera ure reading does not return to normal turn the engine off immediately and call for service Refer to If Your Engine Overheats in What To Do In Emergencies for further information
51. FLUID AND WASHER CHILDREN LATCH BUTTON DRIVE LOW SRS X AIC C B E AIRBAG 2 SE sn Ro dil PUSH MALFUNCTION TRANS ENGINE COOLANT SUPPLEMENTAL PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE OWNERS AIR ELECTRONIC INDICATOR LIGHT OIL TEMP TEMPERATURE RESTRAINTSYSTEM AIRBAG OFF TOP DOWN TOP UP MANUAL ISO CONDITIONER STABILITY CONTROL OFF 010507683 PAGE POSITION 8 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS This Owners Manual contains WARNINGS against operating procedures that could result in an accident or bodily injury It also contains CAUTIONS against procedures that could re sult in damage to your vehicle If you do not read this entire manual you may miss impor tant information Observe all Warnings and Cautions PAGE POSITION 9 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The Vehicle Identification Number VIN is found on the left front corner of the instrument panel visible through the windshield This num ber is also engraved on the top surface of the front right side seat crossmember under a carpet flap and on the vehicle registration and title VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS ALTERATIONS WARNING Any modifications or alterations to this vehicle could seriously affect its roadworthiness and safety and may lead to an accident resulting in serious injury or death Vehicle Identification Number JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_
52. Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further information Using the wrong type of brake fluid can severely damage your brake system and or impair its performance The proper type of brake fluid for your vehicle is also labeled on the original factory installed hydraulic master cylinder reservoir e To avoid contamination from foreign matter or moisture use only new brake fluid or fluid that has been in a tightly closed con tainer Keep the master cylinder reservoir cap secured at all times Brake fluid in a open container absorbs moisture from the air resulting in a lower boiling point This may cause it to boil unexpectedly during hard or prolonged braking resulting in sud den brake failure This could result in a accident Continued WARNING Continued Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts causing the brake fluid to catch fire Brake fluid can also damage painted and vinyl surfaces care should be taken to avoid its contact with these surfaces e Do not allow petroleum based fluid to con taminate the brake fluid Brake seal com ponents could be damaged causing partial or complete brake failure This could result in an accident CAUTION Use of improper brake fluids will affect overall clutch system performance Improper brake fluids may damage the clutch system resulting in loss of clutch function and the ability to shift the transmi
53. How To Use The Automatic Locking Mode 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull down ward until the entire belt is extracted 3 Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the Automatic Locking Mode How to Disengage The Automatic Locking Mode Disconnect the combination lap shoulder belt from the buckle and allow it to retract com pletely to disengage the Automatic Locking Mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emer gency locking mode Seat Belt Pretensioners If Equipped The seat belts for both front seating positions may be equipped with pretensioning devices that are designed to remove slack from the seat belt in the event of a collision These devices improve the performance of the seat belt by assuring that the belt is tight about the occu JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pant early in a collision Pretensioners work for all size occupants including those in child restraints NOTE These devices are not a substitute for proper seat belt placement by the occupant The seat belt still must be worn snugly and positioned properly The pretensioners are triggered by the Occu pant Restraint Controller ORC Like the air bags the pretensioners are single use items After a collision deploys the airbags and or pretensioners a d
54. NOTE To improve the vehicle s traction when driv ing with snow chains or starting off in deep snow sand or gravel it may be desirable to switch to the Partial Off mode by pressing the ESC Off switch Once the situation requiring ESC to be switched to the Partial Off mode is overcome turn ESC back on by JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og momentarily pressing the ESC Off switch This may be done while the vehicle is in motion TIRES GENERAL INFORMATION Tire Pressure Proper tire inflation pressure is essential to the safe and satisfactory operation of your vehicle Three primary areas are affected by improper ire pressure Safety WARNING e Improperly inflated tires are dangerous and can cause accidents e Under inflation increases tire flexing and can result in tire over heating and failure e Over inflation reduces a tire s ability to cushion shock Objects on the road and chuckholes can cause damage that result in tire failure Continued pubnum WARNING Continued e Unequal tire pressures can cause steering problems You could lose control of your vehicle Over inflated or under inflated tires can af fect vehicle handling and can fail suddenly resulting in loss of vehicle control e Unequal tire pressures from one side of the vehicle to the other can cause the vehicle to drift to the right or left e Always dr
55. NOTE This section is for sales code RES and REQ REL RET radios only with uconnect For sales code RER RBZ REN REP REW RB2 or REZ touch screen radio UCI feature refer to the separate RER REN RBZ RB2 or REZ User s Manual UCI is available only if equipped as an option with these radios pubnum This feature allows an iPod to be plugged into the vehicle s sound system through a 16 pin connector using the provided interface cable UCI supports Mini 4G Photo Nano 5G iPod and iPhone devices Some iPod software versions may not fully support the UCI features Please visit Apple s website for software up dates NOTE e If the radio has a USB port connecting an iPod to this port does not play the media For playing an iPod use the separate 16 pin connector port in the glove com partment on some vehicles e Connecting an iPod to the AUX port located in the radio faceplate plays me dia but does not use the UCI feature to control the connected device Connecting The iPod Use the provided connection cable to connect an iPod to the vehicle s 16 pin connector port which is located in the glove compartment on some vehicles Once the iPod is connected and synchronized to the vehicle s UCI system iPod may take a few seconds to connect the PAGE POSITION 123 iPod starts charging and is ready for use by pressing radio switches as described below NOTE e It may be necessary to remo
56. O Off position JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Temperature Control Rotate this control to regulate the tempera ture of the air inside the passenger compart ment Rotating the dial left into the blue area of the scale indicates cooler temperatures while rotating right into the red area indicates warmer temperatures NOTE If your air conditioning performance seems lower than expected check the front of the A C condenser located in front of the radia tor for an accumulation of dirt or insects Clean with a gentle water spray from behind the radiator and through the condenser Fabric front fascia protectors may reduce airflow to the condenser reducing air con ditioning performance 125 pubnum PAGE POSITION 128 Mode Control Air Direction Rotate this control to choose from several patterns of air distribu tion You can select ei ther a primary mode as identified by the sym bols on the control or a blend of two of these modes The closer the setting is to a particular symbol the more air distribution you receive from that mode Panel 7 Air is directed through the outlets in the instrument panel These outlets can be adjusted to direct airflow NOTE The center instrument panel outlets can be aimed so that they are directed toward the rear seat passengers for maximum airflow to the rear 126 Bi Level Air is di
57. Pump Hose 7 and make sure the Mode Select Knob 5 is in the Air Mode when JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og inflating such items to avoid injecting sealant into them The TIREFIT Sealant is only in tended to seal punctures less than Ya 6mm diameter in the tread of your vehicle e Do not lift or carry TIREFIT kit by hoses WARNING e Do not attempt to seal a tire on the side of the vehicle close to traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when using the TIREFIT kit e Do not use TIREFIT or drive the vehicle under the following circumstances f the cut or puncture in the tire tread is approximately 0 24 in 6 mm or larger f the tire has any sidewall damage f the tire has any damage from driving with extremely low tire pressure f the tire has any damage from driving on a flat tire If the wheel has any damage f you are unsure of the condition of the tire or the wheel Continued 181 pubnum PAGE POSITION 184 WARNING Continued e Keep TIREFIT away from open flame or heat source e A loose TIREFIT kit thrown forward in a collision or hard stop could endanger the occupants of the vehicle Always stow the TIREFIT kit in the place provided Failure to follow these warnings can result in injuries that are serious or fatal to you your pas sengers and others around you e Take car
58. Seat Position Chart belt positioning booster seat are held in the vehicle by the lap shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor ALR To operate the switchable retractor pull the belt from the retractor until there is enough to allow you to pass through the child restraint and slide the latch plate into the buckle Then pull on the belt until it is all removed from the retractor Allow the belt to return into the retractor pulling on the excess webbing to tighten the lap por tion around the child restraint Follow the in structions of the child restraint manufacture NOTE To reset this feature you must let all of the belt webbing return into the retractor You will not be able to pull out more webbing until all of the webbing has been returned back into the retractor Age Group Seating Position Front Passenger Rear Passenger Rear Center Less than 10 kg 0 to 9 months X U U Less than 13 kg 0 to 24 months X U U 9 to 18 kg 9 to 48 months X U U 15 to 36 kg 4 to 12 years X U U Key of letters used in the table above U Suitable for universal category restraints approved for use in this mass group X Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group 46 PAGE POSITION 48 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum Vehicle I
59. Transaxle 3 42 Connector 120 Wheel and Wheel Trim Care 213 Automatic f neum dk 13 139 142 2 1 Untwisting Procedure Seat Belt 22 2 30 Wind Buffeting I 95 a TT m a Fogging bo 139 1 1 INQOWS zat me a pe hb ex Operation 142 Vanity Mirrors 60 POWGI Ld stam be 23 Overdrive 144 Variance Compass 118 windshield Defroster 51 126 130 Selection of Lubricant 211 Vehicle Identification Number VIN T Windshield Washers 90 Transmitter Battery Service Remote Vehicle Modifications Alterations 7 Windshield Wipers 90 205 Keyless Entry ooa aaa 19 Vehicle Storage SERRE 131 217 Wipers Intermittent 90 Transporting Pets 49 Vehicle Theft Alarm Security Alarm 15 16 Tread Wear Indicators 157 Voice Recognition System VR 77 263 PAGE POSITION 265 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum
60. Unlock Driver s Door 1st When Driver s Door 1st is selected only the driver s door will unlock on the first press of the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter UN LOCK button and requires a second press to UNLOCK the remaining locked doors When Remote Unlock All Doors is selected all of the doors will unlock at the first press of the RKE transmitter UNLOCK button Press and hold the EVIC button when in this display until Driver s Door 1st or All Doors appears to make your selection Flash Lights with Remote Key Lock When ON is selected the front and rear turn signals will flash when the doors are locked or unlocked using the RKE transmitter Press and JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og hold the EVIC button when in this display until ON or OFF appears to make your selection Delay Turning Headlamps Off When this feature is selected the driver can choose to have the headlamps remain on for O 30 60 or 90 seconds when exiting the vehicle Press and hold the EVIC button when in this display until O 30 60 or 90 appears to make your selection Delay Power Off to Accessories Until Exit When this feature is selected the power win dow switches radio Uconnect Phone power sunroof and power outlets will remain active for up to 10 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned off Opening a vehicle door will cancel this feature Press and hold
61. Vehicle must be on a 7 grade or greater hill e Gear selection matches vehicle uphill direc tion i e vehicle facing uphill is in forward gear vehicle backing uphill is in REVERSE gear WARNING There may be situations on minor hills i e less than 896 with a loaded vehicle or while pulling a trailer when the system will not activate and slight rolling may occur This could cause a collision with another vehicle or object Always remember the driver is respon sible for braking the vehicle Disabling Enabling HSA If you wish to turn on or off the HSA system it can be done using the Customer Program mable Features in the Electronic Vehicle Infor JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og mation Center EVIC Refer to Electronic Ve hicle Information Center EVIC Understanding Your Instrument Panel for fur ther information For vehicles not equipped with the EVIC per form the following steps NOTE You must complete Steps 1 through 8 within 90 seconds 1 Center the steering wheel front wheels pointing straight forward Shift the transmission into NEUTRAL Apply the parking brake 2 3 4 Start the engine 5 Release the clutch pedal 6 Rotate the steering wheel one half turn to the left 7 Press the ESC Off switch located in the lower switch bank below the climate controls four times within 20 seconds The ESC Off
62. a left side impact deploys the left bag only and a right side impact deploys only the right bag 36 Supplemental Side Airbag Inflatable Curtain SABIC If Equipped SABIC airbags offer side impact and vehicle rollover protection to front and rear seat out board occupants in addition to that provided by the body structure Each airbag features in flated chambers placed adjacent to the head of each outboard occupant that reduce the poten tial for side impact head injuries The SABIC airbags deploy downward covering both win dows on the impact side Supplemental Side Airbag Inflatable Curtains SABIC Label Location JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og NOTE e Should a vehicle rollover occur the pre tensioners and or SABIC curtains on both sides of the vehicle may deploy e Airbag covers may not be obvious in the interior trim but they will open during airbag deployment The system includes sensors adjacent to both front and rear seat occupants that are cali brated to deploy the SABIC airbags during impacts that require airbag occupant protec ion WARNING e f your vehicle is equipped with left and right Side Airbag Inflatable Curtain SABIC do not stack luggage or other cargo up high enough to block the location of the SABIC The area where the side curtain airbag is located should remain free from any ob structions Continued pu
63. again after initial startup O Y It also includes diagnostics that will illuminate the instrument cluster Airbag Warning Light if a malfunction is noted The diagnostics also record the nature of the malfunction WARNING Ignoring the Airbag Warning Light in your instrument panel could mean you won t have the airbags to protect you in a collision If the light does not come on stays on after you start the vehicle or if it comes on as you drive have the airbag system checked right away PAGE POSITION 41 Driver and Passenger Airbag Inflator Units The Driver and Passenger Airbag Inflator Units are located in the center of the steering wheel and the right side of the instrument panel When the ORC detects a collision requiring the airbags it signals the inflator units A large quantity of non toxic gas is generated to inflate the Advanced Front Airbags Different airbag inflation rates are possible based on the colli Sion type and severity The steering wheel hub trim cover and the upper right side of the instrument panel separate and fold out of the way as the bags inflate to their full size The bags fully inflate in about 50 to 70 milliseconds This is about half of the time it takes to blink your eyes The bags then quickly deflate while helping to restrain the driver and front passen ger The driver front airbag gas is vented through the vent holes in the sides of the airbag The passenger fro
64. area ease up on the accelerator to prevent engine damage 13 Shift Lever Indicator The Shift Lever Indicator is self contained within the instrument cluster It displays the gear position of the automatic transmission JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 14 Odometer Trip Odometer This display indicates the total distance the vehicle has been driven Also the cluster will display replacing the odometer trip odometer vehicle messages such as door gate ajar gASCAP loose gas cap and Change Oil message Loose gas cap gASCAP will be displayed from the Odometer Trip Odometer on all models NOTE If the vehicle is equipped with the optional Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC in the instrument cluster all warnings in cluding door and gATE and Oil Change Required will only be displayed in the EVIC display For additional information refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center If Equipped Change Oil Message Your vehicle is equipped with an engine oil change indicator system The Change Oil message will flash in the instrument cluster odometer for approximately 12 seconds after a single chime has sounded to indicate the next scheduled oil change interval The engine oil 109 pubnum PAGE POSITION 112 change indicator system is duty cycle based which means the engine oil change interval may fluctuate de
65. as the chemicals can damage your trans mission components Such damage is not covered by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty 212 Manual Transmission If Equipped Lubricant Selection Use only the manufacturers recommended transmission fluid Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Ve hicle for further information Fluid Level Check Check the fluid level by removing the fill plug The fluid level should be between the bottom of he fill hole and a point not more than 3 16 in 4 7 mm below the bottom of the hole Add fluid if necessary to maintain the proper evel Frequency Of Fluid Change Under normal operating conditions the fluid installed at the factory will give satisfactory ubrication for the life of the vehicle Fluid changes are not necessary unless lubricant has become contaminated with water NOTE If contaminated with water the fluid should be changed immediately JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Appearance Care and Protection from Corrosion Protection of Body and Paint from Corrosion Vehicle body care requirements vary according to geographic locations and usage Chemicals that make roads passable in snow and ice and those that are sprayed on trees and road surfaces during other seasons are highly cor rosive to the metal in your vehicle Outside parking which exposes your vehicle to air borne contamina
66. bottom of the switch to SEEK down for the next listenable station The button located in the center of the left hand control will tune to the next preset station that you have programmed in the radio preset pushbuttons CD Player Press the top of the switch once to go to the next track on the CD Press the bottom of the switch once to go to the beginning of the 124 current track or to the beginning of the previous track if it is within one second after the current track begins to play If you press the switch up or down twice it plays the second track three times it will play the third etc The button in the center of the left hand switch changes CD s on the 6 Disc in dash CD changer radio This button does not function for all other radios CD DVD DISC MAINTENANCE To keep a CD DVD in good condition take the following precautions 1 Handle the disc by its edge avoid touching the surface 2 If the disc is stained clean the surface with a soft cloth wiping from center to edge 3 Do not apply paper or tape to the disc avoid scratching the disc 4 Do not use solvents such as benzene thin ner cleaners or anti static sprays 5 Store the disc in its case after playing JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 6 Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight 7 Do not store the disc where temperatures may become too high NOTE If you experience
67. brake master cylinder power steering and transmission and add as needed e Check all lights and other electrical items for correct operation 238 PAGE POSITION 240 At Each Oil Change e Change the engine oil filter e Inspect the exhaust system e Inspect the brake linings hoses and cali pers e Inspect the CV joints and suspension com ponents e Check the coolant level hoses and clamps e Inspect the accessory drive belt s CAUTION Failure to perform the required maintenance items may result in damage to the vehicle Required Maintenance Intervals Refer to the Maintenance Schedules on the following pages for the required maintenance intervals JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og 15 000 Miles 25 000 km or 6 Months Maintenance Service Schedule 1 Change the engine oil and engine oil filter 1 Rotate tires Q If using your vehicle in dusty or off road conditions inspect the engine air cleaner filter and replace if necessary Inspect the brake linings Replace the air conditioning filter if equipped Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer pubnum 30 000 Miles 50 000 km or 12 Months Maintenance Service Schedule C O C O C Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Rotate tires Replace engine air cleaner filt
68. cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og e The Uconnect Phone will ask you to verify that you wish to delete all the entries from the phonebook e After confirmation the phonebook entries will be deleted e Note that only the phonebook in the current language is deleted e Automatic downloaded phonebook entries cannot be deleted or edited List All Uconnect Phonebook Names e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Phonebook List Names e The Uconnect Phone will play the names of all the phonebook entries including the downloaded phonebook entries if available e To call one of the names in the list press the button during the playing of the de sired name and say Call NOTE The user can also exercise Edit or Delete operations at this point 65 pubnum PAGE POSITION 68 e The Uconnect Phone will then prompt you as to the number designation you wish to call e The selected number will be dialed Phone Call Features The following features can be accessed through the Uconnect Phone if the feature s are available on your cellular service plan For example if your cellular service plan provides three way calling this feature can be accessed through the Uconnect Phone Check with your cellular service provider for the features that you have Answer or Reject an Incoming Call No Call Currently in Progress When you receive
69. damage critical fuel system components JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Ethanol The manufacturer recommends that your ve hicle be operated on fuel containing no more than 10 ethanol Purchasing your fuel from a reputable supplier may reduce the risk of exceeding this 10 limit and or of receiving fuel with abnormal proper ties It should also be noted that an increase in fuel consumption should be expected when using ethanol blended fuels due to the lower energy content of ethanol Problems that result from using methanol gasoline or E85 Ethanol blends are not the responsibility of the manufacturer While MTBE is an oxygenate made from Methanol it does not have the negative effects of Methanol CAUTION Use of fuel with ethanol content higher than 10 may result in engine malfunction starting and operating difficulties and materials degra dation These adverse effects could result in permanent damage to your vehicle pubnum Clean Air Gasoline Many gasolines are now being blended that contribute to cleaner air especially in those areas where air pollution levels are high These new blends provide a cleaner burning fuel and some are referred to as reformulated gaso line The manufacturer supports these efforts toward cleaner air You can help by using these blends as they become available Materials Added to Fuel Besides using un
70. during clean ing never spray any cleaning solution directly onto the mirror Apply the solution onto a clean cloth and wipe the mirror clean Outside Mirror Driver Side Adjust the flat outside mirror so you can just see he side of your vehicle in the part of the mirror closest to the vehicle with your head close to he door glass Outside Mirror Passenger Side Adjust the convex outside mirror so you can just see the side of your vehicle in the part of he mirror closest to the vehicle with your head close to the center of the vehicle pubnum WARNING Vehicles and other objects seen in the pas senger side convex mirror will look smaller and farther away than they really are Relying too much on your passenger side mirror could cause you to collide with another vehicle or other object Use your inside mirror when judging the size or distance of a vehicle seen in this convex mirror Power Mirrors If Equipped The control for the power mirrors is located on the driver s door trim panel Power Mirror Control PAGE POSITION 61 To adjust a mirror turn the control wand toward the left or right mirror positions indicated Tilt the control wand in the direction you want the mirror to move When finished adjusting the mirror turn the control to the center position to prevent accidentally moving a mirror 030410215 3 Mirror Directions JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP o
71. en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og e When heavy Anti Lock Brake System ABS application is detected General Information e f a ratio other than first is selected and the vehicle is brought to a stop the transaxle control logic will automatically select the first gear ratio e f a low range is selected and the engine accelerates to the rev limit the transaxle will automatically select the next higher ratio e f a downshift would cause the engine to overspeed that shift will not occur until it is safe for the engine However the CVT will stay in the manually selected ratio e f the system detects powertrain overheat ing the transmission will revert to the auto matic shift mode and remain in that mode until the powertrain cools off e f the system detects a problem it will dis able the AutoStick9 mode and the transmis sion will return to the automatic mode until the problem is corrected pubnum DRIVING ON SLIPPERY SURFACES Acceleration Rapid acceleration on snow covered wet or other slippery surfaces may cause the fron wheels to pull erratically to the right or left This phenomenon occurs when there is a difference in the surface traction under the front driving wheels WARNING Rapid acceleration on slippery surfaces is dangerous Unequal traction can cause sud den pulling of the front wheels You could lose control of the vehicle and possibly have an accident Accelerate slowly and careful
72. event power assist is lost for any reason for example repeated brake applications with the engine off the brakes will still function However the effort required to brake the vehicle will be much greater than that required with the power sys tem operating PAGE POSITION 151 WARNING Riding the brakes can lead to brake failure and possibly an accident Driving with your foot resting or riding on the brake pedal can result in abnormally high brake temperatures excessive lining wear and possible brake damage You would not have your full braking capacity in an emergency f either of the two hydraulic systems lose normal capability the remaining system will still function with some loss of overall braking effec tiveness This will be evident by increased pedal travel during application and greater pedal force required to slow or stop In addi tion if the malfunction is caused by an internal leak as the brake fluid in the master cylinder drops the Brake Warning Light will light JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING Driving a vehicle with the Brake Warning Light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance or vehicle stability during braking may occur It will take you longer to stop the vehicle or will make your vehicle harder to control You could have an accident Have the vehicle checked immedi ately Anti Lock Br
73. feature to its previous setting NOTE e If you do not hear the chime it means that the system did not enter the programming mode and you will need to repeat the procedure e Use the Automatic Door Locks feature in accordance with local laws Automatic Unlock Doors on Exit The doors will unlock automatically if 1 The Automatic Unlock Doors On Exit feature is enabled 2 The transmission was in gear and the ve hicle speed returned to O mph 0 km h 3 The transmission is in NEUTRAL or PARK 4 The driver s door is opened 5 The doors were not previously unlocked 21 pubnum PAGE POSITION 24 Automatic Unlock Doors on Exit Programming The Automatic Unlock Doors On Exit feature can be enabled or disabled as follows e For vehicles equipped with the EVIC refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features in Understanding Your Instrument Panel for further informa tion e For vehicles not equipped with the EVIC perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors and place the key in the ignition 2 Within 15 seconds cycle the ignition switch between LOCK and ON and then back to LOCK four times ending up in the LOCK posi tion do not start the engine 3 Within 30 seconds press the power door UNLOCK switch to unlock the doors 4 A single chime will indicate the completion of the programming 22 5 Repeat these steps if
74. get it started Vehicles equipped with an au tomatic transaxle cannot be started this way Unburned fuel could enter the catalytic con verter and once the engine has started ignite and damage the converter and vehicle If the vehicle has a discharged battery booster cables may be used to obtain a start from another vehicle This type of start can be dangerous if done improperly so follow the procedure carefully Refer to Jump Starting in What to Do In Emergencies for further information 139 pubnum PAGE POSITION 142 Extremely Cold Weather below 20 F or 29 C To ensure reliable starting at these tempera tures use of an externally powered electric engine block heater available from your autho rized dealer is recommended If Engine Fails to Start If the engine fails to start after you have fol lowed the Normal Starting procedure it may be flooded Push the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it there Crank the engine for no more than 15 seconds This should clear any excess fuel in case the engine is flooded Leave the ignition key in the ON position release the accelerator pedal and repeat the Normal Starting procedure WARNING Never pour fuel or other flammable liquid into the throttle body air inlet opening in an attempt to start the vehicle This could result in flash fire causing serious personal injury 140 CAUTION To prevent damage
75. handling stability and braking perfor mance and could result in an accident Con sult with your hitch and trailer manufacturer or a reputable trailer caravan dealer for addi tional information Frontal Area The frontal area is the maximum height and maximum width of the front of a trailer 168 Breakaway Cable Attachment European braking regulations for braked trail ers up to 7 700 Ibs 3 500 kg require trailers to be fitted with either a secondary coupling or breakaway cable The recommended location for attaching the normal trailers breakaway cable is in the stamped slot located on the sidewall of the hitch receiver With Attachment Point e For detachable tow bar pass the cable through the attachment point and clip it back onto itself 818e675b Detachable Ball Clip Loop Method JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og e For fixed ball tow bar attach the clip directly to the designated point This alternative must be specifically permitted by the trailer manu facturer since the clip may not be sufficiently strong for use in the way 818e675d Fixed Ball Clip Loop Method pubnum Without Attachment Points e For detachable ball tow bar you must follow the recommended manufacturer or supplier procedure 81866762 Detachable Ball Neck Loop Method Trailer Towing Weights Maximum Trailer Weight Ratings The following chart provides the
76. if necessary Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Replace the air conditioning filter Change the manual transmission fluid Flush and replace the engine coolant if not done at 60 months poco Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 112 500 Miles 180 000 km or 180 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Q Change the engine oil and engine oil filter 1 Rotate tires Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 234 PAGE POSITION 236 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum 120 000 Miles 192 000 km or 192 Months Maintenance Service Schedule 0 OO O O O O O C O C O Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tF Rotate tires Replace the engine air cleaner filter Replace the spark plugs Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Replace the air conditioning filter Inspect the CV joints Inspect exhaust system Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter Replace the accessory drive belt s Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 127 500 Miles 204 00
77. instruc tions and precautions 10 Place the deflated flat tire in the cargo area have the tire repaired or replaced as Soon as possible WARNING A loose tire thrown forward in a collision or hard stop could injure the occupants in the vehicle Have the deflated flat tire repaired or replaced immediately JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og CAUTION Do not use a portable battery booster pack or any other booster source with a system volt age greater than 12 Volts or damage to the battery starter motor alternator or electrical system may occur pubnum WARNING When temperatures are below the freezing point electrolyte in a discharged battery may freeze Do not attempt jump starting because the battery could rupture or explode and cause personal injury Battery temperature must be brought above the freezing point before attempting a jump start WARNING e Take care to avoid the radiator cooling fan whenever the hood is raised It can start anytime the ignition switch is on You can be injured by moving fan blades Remove any metal jewelry such as watch bands or bracelets that might make an inadvertent electrical contact You could be seriously injured Batteries contain sulfuric acid that can burn your skin or eyes and generate hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep open flames or sparks away from the battery
78. mal by product of the process that gener ates the non toxic gas used for airbag infla tion These airborne particles may irritate the Skin eyes nose or throat If you have skin or eye irritation rinse the area with cool water For nose or throat irritation move to fresh air If the irritation continues see your doctor If these particles settle on your clothing follow the garment manufacturer s instructions for cleaning WARNING Deployed airbags and seat belt pretensioners cannot protect you in another collision Have the airbags seat belt pretensioners and the front passenger seat belt retractor assembly replaced by an authorized dealer as soon as possible Also have the Occupant Restraint Controller System serviced as well Maintaining Your Airbag System Do not drive your vehicle after the airbags have deployed If you are involved in another colli Sion the airbags will not be in place to protect you PAGE POSITION 43 WARNING Modifications to any part of the airbag system could cause it to fail when you need it You could be injured if the airbag system is not there to protect you Do not modify the components or wiring including adding any kind of badges or stickers to the steer ing wheel hub trim cover or the upper right side of the instrument panel Do not modify the front bumper vehicle body structure or add aftermarket side steps or running boards WARNING Continued e It is dange
79. maximum trailer weight ratings towable for your given drivetrain e For fixed ball tow bar loop the cable around the neck of the tow ball If you fit the cable like this use a single loop only 81866760 Fixed Ball Neck Loop Method Engine Transmission Max GTW Gross Trailer Wt Max GTW Gross Trailer Wt Braked Max Tongue Wt See Note 1 Unbraked 2 0L Gas Auto 1 000 Ibs 450 k 2 640 Ibs 1 200 k 132 Ibs 60 k 2 4L Gas Man 1 000 Ibs 450 kg 2 640 lbs 1 200 kg 132 lbs 60 kg 2 2L Diesel Man 1 000 lbs 450 kg 3 300 Ibs 1 500 kg 132 lbs 60 kg Maximum trailer towing speed is limited to 62 mph 100 km h unless local laws require a lower speed referenced on the Tire and Loading Information placard ote 1 The trailer tongue weight must be considered as part of the combined weight of occupants and cargo and should never exceed the weight 169 PAGE POSITION 171 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 172 Trailer and Tongue Weight Loads balanced over the wheels or heavier in he rear can cause the trailer to sway severely side to side which will cause loss of control of he vehicle and trailer Failure to load trailers heavier in front is the cause of many trailer accidents Never exceed the maximum tongue weight stamped on your trailer hitch Consider the following items when computing he weight on th
80. of such parts it cannot be implicitly assumed that the driving safety of your vehicle is unim paired Therefore neither experts nor official agencies are liable Therefore the manufacturer only assumes responsibility when parts which are expressly authorized or recommended by the manufacturer are attached or installed at PAGE POSITION 7 an authorized dealer The same applies when modifications to the original condition are sub sequently made on the manufacturer s ve hicles Your warranties do not cover any part that the manufacturer did not supply Nor do they cover the cost of any repairs or adjustments that might be caused or needed because of the installation or use of non manufacturer parts components equipment materials or addi tives Nor do your warranties cover the costs of repairing damage or conditions caused by any changes to your vehicle that do not comply with the manufacturers specifications Original Mopar parts and accessories and other products approved by the manufacturer including qualified advice are available at your authorized dealer When it comes to service remember that your authorized dealer knows your vehicle best has the factory trained technicians and genuine Mopar parts and is interested in your satis faction Copyright 2009 Chrysler International JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Consult th
81. operation or damage the device Follow the device manufacturer s guidelines e Placing items on the iPod or connections to the iPod in the vehicle can cause damage to the device and or to the connec tors WARNING Do not plug in or remove the iPod while driving Failure to follow this warning could result in an accident JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og NAVIGATION SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Refer to your Navigation User s Manual REMOTE SOUND SYSTEM CONTROLS IF EQUIPPED The remote sound system controls are located on the rear surface of the steering wheel Reach behind the wheel to access the Switches 045003761 Remote Sound System Controls Back View Of Steering Wheel The right hand control is a rocker type switch with a pushbutton in the center Pressing the 123 pubnum PAGE POSITION 126 top of the switch will increase the volume and pressing the bottom of the switch will decrease the volume The button located in the center of the right hand control will switch modes to Radio or CD The left hand control is a rocker type switch with a pushbutton in the center The function of the left hand control is different depending on which mode you are in The following describes the left hand control operation in each mode Radio Operation Press the top of the switch to SEEK up for the next listenable station Press the
82. or above the recommended cold placard pres sure Once the low tire pressure warning Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light illuminates you must increase the tire pressure to the recommended cold placard pressure in order for the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light to 159 pubnum turn off The system will automatically update and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will turn off once the system receives the up dated tire pressures The vehicle may need to be driven for up to 20 minutes above 15 mph 25 km h in order for the TPMS to receive this information For example your vehicle may have a recom mended cold parked for more than three he ambient temperature is 68 F 20 C and the emperature drop to 20 F 7 C will decrease he tire pressure to approximately 23 psi enough to turn ON the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light Driving the vehicle may cause the ire pressure to rise to approximately 27 psi 186 kPa but the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will still be ON In this situation the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will turn OFF only after the tires are inflated to the vehicle s recommended cold placard pressure hours placard pressure of 30 psi 207 kPa If measured tire pressure is 27 psi 186 kPa a 157 kPa This tire pressure is sufficiently low CAUTION e The TPMS has been optimized for the original equipment tires and wheels TPMS
83. performing under hood ser vices or immediately if the brake system warn ing light is on Be sure to clean the top of the master cylinder area before removing the cap If necessary add fluid to bring the fluid level up to the requirements described on the brake fluid res JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og ervoir Fluid level can be expected to fall as the brake pads wear The brake fluid level should be checked when the pads are replaced How ever low fluid level may be caused by a leak and a checkup may be needed NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission the brake fluid reservoir sup plies fluid to both the brake system and the clutch release system The two systems are separated in the reservoir and a leak in one system will not affect the other system The manual transmission clutch release system should not require fluid replacement during the life of the vehicle If the brake fluid reservoir is low and the brake system does not indicate any leaks or other problems it may be a result of a leak in the hydraulic clutch release system See your local autho rized dealer for service Use only manufacturer s recommended brake fluid Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further information pubnum WARNING e Use only manufacturers recommended brake fluid Refer to Fluids Lubricants and
84. pulsations e a slight drop or fall away of the brake pedal at the end of the stop These are all normal characteristics of ABS pubnum WARNING The Anti Lock Brake System ABS contains sophisticated electronic equipment that may be susceptible to interference caused by im properly installed or high output radio trans mitting equipment This interference can cause possible loss of Anti Lock braking ca pability Installation of such equipment should be performed by qualified professionals All vehicle wheels and tires must be the same size and type and tires must be properly in lated to produce accurate signals for the com puter ELECTRONIC BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional advanced electronic brake control system that includes Anti Lock Brake System ABS Brake Assist System BAS Traction Control System TCS Hill Start Assist HSA and Electronic Stability Control ESC All systems work to PAGE POSITION 153 gether to enhance vehicle stability and control in various driving conditions and are commonly referred to as ESC Anti Lock Brake System ABS This system aids the driver in maintaining ve hicle control under adverse braking conditions The system controls hydraulic brake pressure to prevent wheel lockup and help avoid skid ding on slippery surfaces during braking Refer to Anti Lock Brake System in Starting and Operating for further information
85. put your fully loaded trailer on a vehicle scale The entire weight of the trailer must be supported by the scale JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Gross Combination Weight Rating GCWR The GCWR is the total permissible weight of your vehicle and trailer when weighed in com bination NOTE The GCWR rating includes a 150 Ibs 68 kg allowance for the presence of a driver Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GAWR is the maximum capacity of the front and rear axles Distribute the load over the front and rear axles evenly Make sure that you do not exceed either front or rear GAWR WARNING It is important that you do not exceed the maximum front or rear GAWR A dangerous driving condition can result if either rating is exceeded You could lose control of the ve hicle and have an accident 167 pubnum PAGE POSITION 170 Tongue Weight TW The tongue weight is the downward force ex erted on the hitch ball by the trailer In most cases it should not be less than 7 or more than 1096 of the trailer load Tongue weight must not exceed the lesser of either the hitch certification rating or the trailer tongue chassis rating It should never be less than 4 of the trailer load and not less than 55 Ibs 25 kg You must consider tongue load as part of the load on your vehicle and its GAWR WARNING An improperly adjusted hitch system may reduce
86. risk of sliding under the belt in a collision 27 pubnum PAGE POSITION 30 Positioning Lap Belt WARNING e A lap belt worn too high can increase the risk of internal injury in a collision The belt forces won t be at the strong hip and pelvic bones but across your abdomen Always wear the lap belt as low as possible and keep it snug e A twisted belt can t do its job as well In a collision it could even cut into you Be sure the belt is straight If you can t straighten a belt in your vehicle take it to your autho rized dealer and have it fixed 28 5 Position the shoulder belt on your chest so that it is comfortable and not resting on your neck The retractor will withdraw any slack in the belt 6 To release the belt push the red button on the buckle The belt will automatically retract to its stowed position If necessary slide the latch plate down the webbing to allow the belt to retract fully WARNING A frayed or torn belt could rip apart in a collision and leave you with no protection Inspect the belt system periodically checking for cuts frays or loose parts Damaged parts must be replaced immediately Do not disas semble or modify the system Seat belt as semblies must be replaced after a collision if they have been damaged bent retractor torn webbing etc Adjustable Upper Shoulder Belt Anchorage In the front seat the shoulder belt can be adjusted upward or d
87. section in this manual or under Odometer Trip Odometer in the Instrument Cluster Descriptions section of this manual JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og At Each Stop for Fuel e Check the engine oil level about five minutes after a fully warmed engine is shut off Checking the oil level while the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accuracy of the oil level reading Add oil only when the level is at or below the ADD or MIN mark e Check the windshield washer solvent and add if required Once a Month e Check the tire pressure and look for unusual wear or damage e Inspect the battery and clean and tighten the terminals as required e Check the fluid levels of coolant reservoir brake master cylinder power steering and transmission and add as needed e Check all lights and other electrical items for correct operation pubnum At Each Oil Change e Change the engine oil filter e Inspect the brake hoses and lines e Check the manual transmission fluid level CAUTION Failure to perform the required maintenance items may result in damage to the vehicle Required Maintenance Intervals Refer to the Maintenance Schedules on the ollowing pages for the required maintenance intervals Severe Duty Conditions Tt Change the engine oil and engine oil filter at every 3 000 miles 5 000 km or 3 months if using your vehicle under any of the foll
88. single beep This indicates that the call is on hold To bring the call back from hold press and hold the button until you hear a single beep Toggling Between Calls If two calls are in progress one active and one on hold press the button until you hear a single beep indicating that the active and hold status of the two calls have switched Only one call can be placed on hold at one time Conference Call When two calls are in progress one active and one on hold press and hold the button until you hear a double beep indicating that the two calls have been joined into one conference call Three Way Calling To initiate three way calling press the button while a call is in progress and make a second phone call as described under Mak ing a Second Call While Current Call in Progress After the second call has estab pubnum lished press and hold the button until you hear a double beep indicating that the two calls have been joined into one conference call Call Termination To end a call in progress momentarily press the button Only the active call s will be terminated and if there is a call on hold it will become the new active call If the active call is terminated by the phone far end a call on hold may not become active automatically This is cell phone dependent To bring the call back from hold press and hold the button until you hear a single beep Redial e Press the
89. speak ing to someone sitting a few feet meters away from you 61 pubnum PAGE POSITION 64 Voice Command Tree Refer to Voice Tree Help Command If you need assistance at any prompt or if you want to know your options at any prompt say Help following the beep The Uconnect Phone will play all the options at any prompt if you ask for help To activate the Uconnect Phone from idle simply press the button and follow the audible prompts for directions All Uconnect Phone sessions begin with a press of the button on the radio control head Cancel Command At any prompt after the beep you can say Cancel and you will be returned to the main menu However in a few instances the system will take you back to the previous menu Pair Link Uconnect Phone to a Cellular Phone To begin using your Uconnect Phone you must pair your compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone refer to Compatible Phones section to learn about the phone type 62 To complete the pairing process you will need to reference your cellular phone owner s manual The Uconnect website may also provide detailed instructions for pairing The following are general phone to Uconnect Phone pairing instructions e Press the we button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Setup Phone Pairing e When prompted after the beep say Pair a Phone and follow the audible prom
90. speeds or while intoxicated may result in loss of control collision with other vehicles or objects going off the road or overturning any of which may lead to serious injury or death Also failure to use seat belts subjects the driver and passen gers to a greater risk of injury or death To keep your vehicle running at its best have your vehicle serviced at recommended inter vals by an authorized dealer who has the qualified personnel special tools and equip ment to perform all service The manufacturer and its distributors are vitally interested in your complete satisfaction with this vehicle If you encounter a service or warranty problem which is not resolved to your satisfaction discuss the matter with your autho rized dealer s management Your authorized dealer will be happy to assist you with any questions about your vehicle IMPORTANT NOTICE ALL MATERIAL CONTAINED IN THIS PUBLI CATION IS BASED ON THE LATEST INFORMA TION AVAILABLE AT TIME OF PUBLICATION JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og APPROVAL THE RIGHT IS RESERVED TO PUBLISH REVISIONS AT ANY TIME This Owner s Manual has been prepared with the assistance of service and engineering spe cialists to acquaint you with the operation and maintenance of your new vehicle It is supple mented by a Warranty Information Booklet and various customer oriented documents You are urged to read these publications
91. start the vehicle Maximum of 1000 entries per phone will be downloaded and updated every time a phone is connected to the Uconnect Phone Depending on the maximum number of en tries downloaded there may be a short delay before the latest downloaded names can be used Until then if available previous downloaded phonebook is available for use Only the phonebook of the currently con nected cellular phone is accessible Only the cellular phone s phonebook is downloaded SIM card phonebook is not part of the cellular phonebook This downloaded phonebook cannot be ed ited or deleted on the Uconnect Phone These can only be edited on the cellular phone The changes are transferred and updated to Uconnect Phone on the next phone connection Phonebook Download Single Entry If equipped and supported by your phone Uconnect Phone allows the user to download entries from their phone via Bluetooth To use this feature press thee button and say Phonebook Download The system prompts Ready to accept V card entry via Bluetooth The system is now ready to ac cept phonebook entries from your phone using the Bluetooth Object Exchange Profile OBEX Please see your phone Owners Manual for specific instructions on how to send these entries from your phone NOTE e Phone handset must support Bluetooth OBEX transfers of phonebook entries to use this feature e Some phones cannot send phonebook
92. the EVIC button when in this display until Off 45 sec 5 min or 10 min appears to make your selection Turn Headlamps on with Remote Key Unlock When this feature is selected the headlamps will activate and remain on for up to 90 seconds when the doors are unlocked using the RKE transmitter Press and hold the EVIC button 117 pubnum PAGE POSITION 120 when in this display until OFF 30 sec 60 sec or 90 sec appears to make your selection Confirmation of Voice Commands If Equipped When ON is selected all voice commands from the Uconnect system are confirmed Press and hold the EVIC button when in this display until ON or OFF appears to make your selection Illuminated Approach When this feature is selected the headlights will activate and remain on for up to 90 seconds when the doors are unlocked using the RKE transmitter Press and hold the EVIC button when in this display until OFF 30 sec 60 sec or 90 sec appears to make your selection Hill Start Assist HSA If Equipped When on is selected the HSA system is active Refer to Electronic Brake Control System in Starting And Operating for system function and operating information To make your selec tion press and release the EVIC button until On or Off appears 118 Display Units In The EVIC odometer and Uconnect gps sys tem units can be changed between English an
93. the Electronic Speed Control lever and release Release the accel erator and the vehicle will operate at the se lected speed NOTE The vehicle should be traveling at a steady speed and on level ground before pressing the SET lever pubnum To Deactivate A soft tap on the brake pedal pulling the Electronic Speed Control lever toward you CANCEL normal braking or pressing the clutch pedal while slowing the vehicle will de activate Electronic Speed Control without eras ing the set speed memory Pressing the ON OFF button or turning the ignition switch OFF erases the set speed memory To Resume Speed To resume a previously set speed push the RESUME ACCEL lever up and release Resume can be used at any speed above 20 mph 32 km h To Vary the Speed Setting When the Electronic Speed Control is set you can increase speed by pushing up and holding the RESUME ACCEL lever If the lever is con tinually held in the RESUME ACCEL position the set speed will continue to increase until the lever is released then the new set speed will be established Tapping RESUME ACCEL once will result in a 1 mph 1 6 km h speed increase Each time the Electronic Speed Control lever is tapped PAGE POSITION 95 Speed increases so that tapping the lever three times will increase speed by 3 mph 4 8 km h etc To decrease speed while the Electronic Speed Control is set push down and hold the SET DECEL lever If the lever is c
94. the normal range If the pointer remains on the H red mark for more than a minute turn the engine off immediately and call for service NOTE There are steps that you can take to slow down an impending overheat condition JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og e If your air conditioner A C is on turn it off The A C system adds heat to the engine cooling system and turning the A C off can help remove this heat e You can also turn the temperature control to maximum heat the mode control to floor and the blower control to high This allows the heater core to act as a supple ment to the radiator and aids in removing heat from the engine cooling system WARNING You or others can be badly burned by hot engine coolant antifreeze or steam from your radiator If you see or hear steam coming from under the hood do not open the hood until the radiator has had time to cool Never try to open a cooling system pressure cap when the radiator or coolant bottle is hot AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE OVERHEATING During sustained high speed driving or trailer towing up long grades on hot days the auto matic transaxle oil may become too hot 179 pubnum PAGE POSITION 182 If this happens the transmission overheat indicator light will come on and the vehicle will slow slightly until the automatic trans axle cools down enough to allow a return to the reque
95. to clean the glass panel Ignition Off Operation The sunroof will also operate up to 45 seconds after the ignition has been turned OFF The sunroof operation will be canceled if either of the front doors are opened during the 45 sec ond time period 95 pubnum PAGE POSITION 98 ELECTRICAL POWER OUTLETS There is a standard 12 Volt 13 Amp power outlet in the instrument panel This power outlet can power cellular phones and other 12 Volt DC electronics 12 Volt Power Outlet It has power available when the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position Insert the cigar lighter or accessory plug into the outlet for use To preserve the heating element do not hold the lighter in the heating position 96 NOTE e To ensure proper operation MOPAR knob and element must be used Do not exceed the maximum power of 160 Watts 13 Amps at 12 Volts If the 160 Watt 13 Amp power rating is exceeded the fuse protecting the system will need to be replaced WARNING To avoid serious injury or death e Only devices designed for use in this type of outlet should be inserted into any 12 Volt outlet e Do not touch with wet hands Close the lid when not in use and while driving the vehicle e If this outlet is mishandled it may cause an electric shock and failure JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og CAUTION e Many accessories that can b
96. to the heating ele ments Labels can be peeled off after soak ing with warm water e Do not use scrapers sharp instruments or abrasive window cleaners on the interior surface of the window e Keep all objects a safe distance from the window CHILLZONE BEVERAGE COOLER STORAGE COMPARTMENT IF EQUIPPED The upper storage bin door swings upward to present the contents of the long shallow bin that can store items out of sight Beneath this bin is JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og the glove compartment The large glove com partment door swings downward and features two levels of storage The upper bin functions as the ChillZone cooled beverage storage compartment for vehicles equipped with air conditioning for storing up to four 20 oz 1 L bottles or cans When desired cool air enters the ChillZone to keep the contents cool de pending on ambient temperature and A C set tings Glove Compartment and ChillZone 101 pubnum NOTE Vehicles without air conditioning can use that The use of the ChillZone is for nonperish space for storage The lower bin holds the able beverages only Owners Manual and other important docu ments Inside the Chill Zone is a vent which when opened allows either air conditioned or fresh air to flow into the Chill Zone compartment Depending on ambient temperature and A C setting the compartment can keep
97. to the pressure indicated on the tire and loading information label on the driver side door opening pubnum NOTE If the air pump is equipped with a Deflation Button and the tire becomes over inflated press the Deflation Button to reduce the tire pressure to the recommended inflation pressure before continuing 2 Disconnect the TIREFIT kit from the valve stem and then reinstall the cap on the valve stem 3 Place the TIREFIT kit in its proper storage area in the vehicle 4 Have the tire inspected and repaired or replaced at the earliest opportunity at an au thorized dealer or tire service center 5 Replace the Sealant Bottle 1 and Sealant Hose 6 assembly at your authorized dealer as soon as possible Refer to F Sealant Bottle and Hose Replacement NOTE When having the tire serviced advise the authorized dealer or service center that the tire has been sealed using the TIREFIT ser vice kit PAGE POSITION 187 F Sealant Bottle and Hose Replacement 1 Uncoil the Sealant Hose 6 2 Locate the rectangular Sealant Bottle re lease button in the recessed area where you place your fingers to unlatch the hoses 6 7 from their storage area 3 Use the yellow cap on end of the Sealant Hose 6 to depress the Sealant Bottle release button The Sealant Bottle 1 will pop up Remove the bottle and dispose of it accord ingly 4 Clean any remaining sealant from the TIRE FIT housing 5 Posi
98. to the starter do not crank the engine for more than 15 seconds at a time Wait 10 to 15 seconds before trying again After Starting The idle speed will automatically decrease as the engine warms up Normal Starting Diesel Engine 1 Apply the brake press the clutch pedal to the floor shift the transaxle into NEUTRAL and turn the ignition key to the ON position NOTE The engine will not start unless the clutch pedal is pressed to the floor 2 Watch the Wait To Start Light It will glow for 2 to 10 seconds or more depending on engine temperature When the Wait To Start Light turns off the engine is ready to start 3 Do not press the accelerator Turn the igni tion key to the START position and hold it in this position until the engine starts JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og CAUTION e Under normal conditions do not operate the starter for longer than 15 seconds at one time At temperatures below 15 C 5 F you may operate the starter for up to 30 seconds at one time Longer periods of operation may result in starter or battery damage If the engine does not start at once repeat the procedures under Normal Starting Diesel Engine e Cold engine speeds higher than necessary for driving or higher than specified for idling may damage engine components Starting If Engine Has Run Out of Fuel To restart the diesel engine after runnin
99. try again call list phones voice training system training cancel main menu return to main menu work confirmation prompts confirmation mobile yes continue mute on delete mute off 76 PAGE POSITION 78 JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum VOICE COMMAND IF EQUIPPED Voice Command System Operation This Voice Command system al lows you to control your FM VR radio disc player and a memo recorder NOTE Take care to speak into the Voice Interface System as calmly and normally as possible The ability of the Voice Interface System to recognize user voice commands may be negatively affected by rapid speaking or a raised voice level WARNING Any voice commanded system should be used only in safe driving conditions following local laws and phone use All attention should be kept on the roadway ahead Failure to do so may result in an accident causing serious injury or death PAGE POSITION 79 When you press the Voice Command VR button you will hear a beep The beep is your signal to give a command NOTE If you do not say a command within a few seconds the system will present you with a list of options If you ever wish to interrupt the system while it lists options press the Voice Command button listen for the beep and say your com mand Pressing the Voice Command button while the sys
100. vehicle as necessary to place the valve stem in this posi tion before proceeding 3 Place the transmission in PARK auto trans mission or in Gear manual transmission and turn OFF the ignition 4 Set the parking brake B Setting Up to Use TIREFIT 1 Remove the gloves from the Accessory Stor age Compartment located on the bottom of the air pump and place them on your hands 2 Turn the Mode Select Knob 5 to the Sealant Mode position 3 Uncoil the Sealant Hose 6 and then re move the yellow cap from the fitting at the end of the hose 4 Place the TIREFIT kit flat on the ground next to the deflated tire 5 Remove the cap from the valve stem and then screw the fitting at the end of the Sealant Hose 6 onto the valve stem pubnum 6 Uncoil the Power Plug 8 and then insert the plug into the vehicle s 12 Volt power outlet NOTE Do not remove foreign objects e g screws or nails from the tire C Injecting TIREFIT Sealant into the deflated tire e Always start the engine before turning ON the TIREFIT kit NOTE Manual transmission vehicles must have the parking brake engaged and the shifter in NEUTRAL e After pressing the Power Button 4 the sealant white fluid will flow from the Sealant Bottle 1 through the Sealant Hose 6 and into the tire NOTE Sealant may leak out through the puncture in the tire If the sealant white fluid does not flow within 0 10 seconds th
101. wheel nuts When reinstalling the original wheel properly align the wheel cover to the valve stem place the wheel cover onto the wheel then install the wheel nuts 7 Lower the vehicle by turning the jack screw to the left 8 Finish tightening the nuts Push down on the wrench while tightening the wheel nuts Alter nate nuts until each nut has been tightened twice The correct wheel nut torque is 100 ft Ibs 135 N m If you doubt that you have tightened 188 the nuts correctly have them checked with a torque wrench by your authorized dealer or service station 9 Remove the wheel blocks and lower the jack until free Reassemble the lug wrench to the jack assembly and stow it in the spare tire area Secure the assembly using the means pro vided WARNING A loose tire or jack thrown forward in a colli Sion or hard stop could endanger the occu pants of the vehicle Always stow the jack parts and the spare tire in the places provided 11 Check the tire pressure as soon as pos sible Correct the tire pressure as required JUMP STARTING PROCEDURES If your vehicle has a discharged battery it can be jump started using a set of jumper cables and a battery in another vehicle or by using a portable battery booster pack Jump starting can be dangerous if done improperly so please follow the procedures in this section carefully NOTE When using a portable battery booster pack follow the manufacturer s operating
102. your chances of successfully mak ing a phone call as to that for the cellular phone directly WARNING Your phone must be turned on and paired to the Uconnect Phone to allow use of this vehicle feature in emergency situations when the cellular phone has network coverage and stays paired to the Uconnect Phone Breakdown Service If Equipped If you need Breakdown service e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Breakdown service NOTE The Breakdown service number has to be setup before using To setup press the button and say Setup Breakdown Service and follow prompts JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Paging To learn how to page refer to Working with Automated Systems Paging works properly except for pagers of certain companies which time out a little too soon to work properly with the Uconnect Phone Voice Mail Calling To learn how to access your voice mail refer to Working with Automated Systems Working with Automated Systems This method is used in instances where one generally has to press numbers on the cellular phone keypad while navigating through an automated telephone system You can use your Uconnect Phone to access a voice mail system or an automated service Such as a paging service or automated cus tomer service Some services require immedi ate response selection
103. 0 km or 204 Months Maintenance Service Schedule 1 Change the engine oil and engine oil filter J Rotate tires Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer PAGE POSITION 237 JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 235 pubnum PAGE POSITION 238 135 000 Miles 216 000 km or 216 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Q Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tt 1 Rotate tires Q If using your vehicle for any of the following Dusty or off road conditions Inspect the engine air cleaner filter replace if necessary Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Replace the air conditioning filter 142 500 Miles 228 000 km or 228 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Q Change the engine oil and engine oil filter t 1 Rotate tires Odometer Reading Date Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 236 JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 150 000 Miles 240 000 km or 240 Months Maintenance Service Schedule C Change the engine oil and engine oil filter ff Rotate tires Replace the engine air cleaner filter Re
104. 1 Replace engine air cleaner filter replace necessary 1 Inspect the brake linings 1 Replace fuel filter Replace the air conditioning filter if Inspect the brake linings equipped Replace the air conditioning filter if equipped Inspect the CV joints J Inspect the exhaust system Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary Q Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Odometer Reading Date Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 240 PAGE POSITION 242 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 90 000 Miles 150 000 km or 36 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Rotate tires A Replace engine air cleaner filter 1 Inspect the brake linings A Replace the air conditioning filter if 105 000 Miles 175 000 km or 42 Months Maintenance Service Schedule 1 Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Rotate tires 1 If using your vehicle in dusty or off road conditions inspect the engine air cleaner filter and replace if necessary equipped 1 Flush and replace engine coolant 1 Inspect the brake linings A Replace the air conditioning filter if equipped Odometer Reading Date Odometer R
105. 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Cav Car Mini Description ity tridge Fuse Fuse 37 25 Amp Diesel Fuel Natural Heater If Equipped CAUTION e When installing the IPM cover it is impor tant to ensure the cover is properly posi tioned and fully latched Failure to do so may allow water to get into the IPM and possibly result in an electrical system fail ure When replacing a blown fuse it is important to use only a fuse having the correct am perage rating The use of a fuse with a rating other than indicated may result in a dangerous electrical system overload If a properly rated fuse continues to blow it indicates a problem in the circuit that must be corrected VEHICLE STORAGE If you will not be using your vehicle for more than 21 days you may want to take steps to preserve your battery e Disengage the mini fuse in the Power Distri bution Center labeled IOD Ignition Off Draw e Disconnect the negative cable from the bat tery REPLACEMENT BULBS All the inside bulbs are brass or glass wedge base Aluminum base bulbs are not approved and should not be used for replacement LIGHT BULBS Interior Bulb Number Front HeaderLamp T578 Center Dome Lamp T578 Rear Cargo Flashlight 8 A35LF 217 pubnum LIGHTS BULBS Exterior Bulb No 2 Remove connector from bulb Low Beam High Beam Headlamp H4 3 Remove bulb from housing Front Turn Signal an
106. 2 Lock the door using either the power door lock switch or the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter and close all doors 3 The Vehicle Security Light in the instrument uster will flash rapidly for 16 seconds This hows that the security alarm is pre arming ter 16 seconds the locks will activate and the ehicle Security Light will continue to flash owly This shows that the Vehicle Security arm system is fully armed lt gt gt ehicles equipped with the Sentry Key Immo ilizer system can be safely started with a valid ey A valid key is one that is programmed to that particular vehicle A valid key will disarm the Vehicle Security Alarm an invalid key will allow the engine to run for two seconds then stop lt ES pubnum NOTE The intrusion sensor motion detector ac tively monitors your vehicle every time you arm the security alarm If you prefer you can turn off the intrusion sensor when arming the security alarm To disable the intrusion sensor activate the LOCK request three times using the RKE trans mitter during the pre arming period lamp flash ing quickly The intrusion sensor will automati cally be enabled the next time the security alarm is set To Disarm the System 1 Press UNLOCK on the RKE transmitter 2 Starting the vehicle with a valid Sentry Key will disarm the security alarm A valid key is one that is programmed to that particular vehicle A valid key w
107. 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum HAZARD WARNING FLASHER The Hazard Warning flasher switch is located on the instrument panel below the climate controls Press the switch to turn on the Hazard Warning flasher When the switch is activated all directional turn signals will flash on and off to warn oncoming traffic of an emergency Press the switch a second time to turn off the Hazard Warning flasher Do not use this emergency warning system when the vehicle is in motion Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety hazard for other motorists If it is necessary to leave the vehicle to go for service the Hazard Warning flasher will con tinue to operate with the ignition key removed and the vehicle locked NOTE With extended use the Hazard Warning flasher may wear down your battery PAGE POSITION 181 IF YOUR ENGINE OVERHEATS In any of the following situations you can reduce the potential for overheating by taking the appropriate action e On the highways Slow down e In city traffic While stopped put the transmission in NEUTRAL but do not in crease engine idle speed CAUTION Driving with a hot cooling system could dam age your vehicle If the pointer rises to the H red mark the instrument cluster will sound a chime When safe pull over and stop the vehicle with the engine at idle Turn off the air conditioning and wait until the pointer drops back into
108. 5 Dimmer Switch Headlight 88 Dipsticks Power Steering 147 Disposal Antifreeze Engine Coolant Engine Oil Door Locks Door Locks Automatic Downshifting Driver s Seat Back Tilt Driving On Slippery Surfaces Through Flowing Rising or Shallow Standing Water Electric Remote Mirrors Electrical Power Outlets Electronic Brake Control System Anti Lock Brake System Brake Assist System Electronic Stability Program Traction Control System Electronic Speed Control Cruise Control Electronic Stability Program ESP Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Emergenoy In Case of JACKING 4 zn ann are ae RR Eds JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 260 Jump Starting 188 TOWING xu datant sd 192 Engine er Eum Ru 197 198 199 Break In Recommendations 50 Checking Oil Level 201 COOLING i sk en 207 Exhaust Gas Caution 50 Jump Starting 188 Qil os oe Bene 201 221 222 Oil Change Interval 202 Oil Filler Cap 197 198 199 202 203 OIL Filet e ale 222 Oil Selection 202 Oil Synthetic s Le an aa o 203 Overheating 179 Temperature Gauge 107 Enhanced Accident Response Feature 40 Exhaust Gas Caution 25 50 206 Exhaust System 50 206 Exterior Lights six
109. 8 e Illuminated Approach If Equipped 18 e To Lock The Doors And Liftgate 18 e Flash Lights With Remote Key Lock Unlock 18 Programming Additional Transmitters 19 e Battery Replacement 19 e General Information 19 DOOR LOCKS 225222222222 2222022 20 e Manual Door Locks 20 POWER Doon ocksa a ee 20 e Child Protection Door Lock System Rear Doors MEU a EIC NES 22 POWER WINDOWS IF EQUIPPED 23 Power Window Switches 23 e AUto DOWN ee ce ere ane nr Gis ee 24 e Window Lockout Switch 24 10 PAGE POSITION 12 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum 24 S OCGUPANTIRESTRAINTSE E 25 Lap Shoulder Belts 26 e Adjustable Upper Shoulder Belt Anchorage 28 e Second Row Center Lap Shoulder Belt Operating Instructions 22222222242 5 35224 29 Lap Shoulder Belt Untwisting Procedure 30 e Automatic Locking Retractors ALR Mode CRE 31 e Seat Belt Pretensioners If Equipped 31 e Supplemental Rear Impact Active Head Restraints 31 Enhanced Seat Belt Use Reminder System BeltAlert
110. 8 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og trim the plastic has been cut away to expose the jacking locations in the body Do not raise the vehicle until you are sure the jack is securely engaged 4 Turn the jack screw to the left until the jack can be placed under the jacking location Once the jack is positioned turn the jack screw to the right until the jack head is properly engaged with the lift area closest to the whee to be changed WARNING Raising the vehicle higher than necessary can make the vehicle less stable It could slip off the jack and hurt someone near it Raise the vehicle only enough to remove the tire 5 Using the swivel wrench raise the vehicle by turning the jack screw to the right Raise the vehicle only until the tire just clears the surface and enough clearance is obtained to install the spare tire Minimum tire lift provides maximum stability 6 Remove the wheel nuts and pull the wheel and wheel covers where applicable off the 187 pubnum PAGE POSITION 190 hub Install the spare wheel and wheel nuts with the cone shaped end of the nuts toward the wheel Lightly tighten the nuts To avoid the risk of forcing the vehicle off the jack do not tighten the nuts fully until the vehicle has been lowered WARNING To avoid possible personal injury handle the wheel covers with care to avoid contact with any sharp edges NOTE The wheel cover is held on the wheel by the
111. Ak Rom does d 107 MIMOS ate oen Zi fie amp 58 Filter 203 Warning Instrument Cluster Automatic Dimming 58 aterials Added to 203 Description 107 Electric Powered 59 Recommendation 202 221 Locks Dutside iud RR S eh db 58 Synthetic 203 Child Protection 22 Rearview 58 Viscosity en 202 203 DOOR ss eso aa 20 Vanity EAST wenn ernennen 60 Onboard Diagnostic System PEN 200 Power Door 20 Modifications Alterations Vehicle 7 Operator Manual Owner s Manual 5 Steering Wheel 14 Monitor Tire Pressure System 159 Overdrive 144 Lubrication Body 205 Mopar Parts 200 Overheating Engine 107 179 Lumbar Support 80 Multi Function Control Lever 86 Owner s Manual Operator Manual 5 Maintenance Free Battery 203 Navigation System uconnect gps 123 Paint Care 212 260 PAGE POSITION 262 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum Parking Brake 148 Passing Light 88 Personal Settings 116 B eend 49 Phone Cellular 60 Phone Hands Free uconnect 60 Power DOr LOOKS sa u
112. GE POSITION 29 022608929 Inserting Latch Plate into Buckle WARNING e Abelt that is buckled into the wrong buckle will not protect you properly The lap portion could ride too high on your body possibly causing internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you e A belt that is too loose will not protect you as well In a sudden stop you could move too far forward increasing the possibility of injury Wear your seat belt snugly Continued JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING Continued A belt that is worn under your arm is very dangerous Your body could strike the in Side surfaces of the vehicle in a collision increasing head and neck injury A belt worn under the arm can cause internal injuries Ribs aren t as strong as shoulder bones Wear the belt over your shoulder so that your strongest bones will take the force in a collision A shoulder belt placed behind you will not protect you from injury during a collision You are more likely to hit your head in a collision if you do not wear your shoulder belt The lap and shoulder belt are meant to be used together 4 Position the lap belt across your thighs below your abdomen To remove slack in the ap belt portion pull up on the shoulder belt To oosen the lap belt if it is too tight tilt the latch plate and pull on the lap belt A snug belt reduces the
113. H Felmayergasse 2 A 1210 Wien Tel 43 1 5465 15131 Fax 43 1 5465 15132 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og BALANCE OF THE CARIBBEAN Interamericana Trading Company Warrens St Michael Barbados West Indies Tel 246 417 8000 Fax 246 425 2888 BELGIUM Chrysler Belgium Luxembourg NV Tollaan 68 B 1200 Brussel Tel 0800 94634 free phone number Fax 32 0 2 717 3301 BOLIVIA Ovando amp Cia S A Av Cristobal de Mendoza 2do Anillo y Canal Isuto Santa Cruz Bolivia Tel 591 3 336 3100 Fax 591 3 334 0229 BRAZIL Chrysler do Brasil Av Alfred Jurzykowski 562 09680 900 S o Bernardo do Campo S P Tel 55 11 4173 6611 Fax 55 11 4173 9200 pubnum BULGARIA BALKAN STAR Resbarska Str 5 1510 Sofia Tel 359 2 91988 Fax 359 2 945 40 14 CHILE Comercial Chrysler S A Av Americo Vespucio 1601 Quilicura Santiago Chile Tel 56 2 620 7600 Fax 56 2 730 6201 CHINA Chrysler Group China Sales Limited 16F Gemdale Plaza Tower A No 91 Jian Guo Road Chaoyang District Beijing 100022 P R China Chrysler Brand Tel 400 650 1195 Dodge Brand Tel 400 650 0118 PAGE POSITION 249 COLOMBIA Chrysler Colombia S A Avenida Calle 26 70A 25 Bogot Colombia Tel 57 1 4236700 Fax 57 1 410 5667 COSTA RICA AutoStar La Uruca frente al Banco Nacional San Jos Costa Rica Tel 506 295 0000 Fax 506 295 0052
114. In some instances that may be too quick for use of the Uconnect Phone When calling a number with your Uconnect Phone that normally requires you to enter in a touch tone sequence on your cellular phone keypad you can press the button and pubnum say the sequence you wish to enter followed by the word Send For example if required to enter your PIN followed with a pound 37 4 6 3t you can press the VR button and say 3 7 46 Send Saying a number or sequence of numbers followed by Send is also to be used for navigating through an automated customer service center menu structure and to leave a number on a pager You can also send stored Uconnect Phone book entries as tones for fast and easy access to voice mail and pager entries To use this feature dial the number you wish to call and then press the button and say Send The system will prompt you to enter the name or number and say the name of the phonebook entry you wish to send The Uconnect Phone will then send the corresponding phone num ber associated with the phonebook entry as tones over the phone NOTE e You may not hear all of the tones due to cellular phone network configurations this is normal PAGE POSITION 71 e Some paging and voice mail systems have system time out settings that are too short and may not allow the use of this feature Barge In Overriding Prompts The Voice Command button can be use
115. Indicator Light should turn on and turn off two times pubnum 8 Rotate the steering wheel back to center and then an additional half turn to the right 9 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and then back to the ON position If the se quence was completed properly the ESC Off Indicator Light will blink several times to con firm HSA is disabled 10 Repeat these steps if you want to return this feature to it s previous setting Electronic Stability Control ESC This system enhances directional control and stability of the vehicle under various driving conditions ESC corrects for over steering or under steering of the vehicle by applying the brake of the appropriate wheel to assist in counteracting the over steering or under steering condition Engine power may also be reduced to help the vehicle maintain the de sired path ESC uses sensors in the vehicle to determine the vehicle path intended by the driver and compares it to the actual path of the vehicle When the actual path does not match the intended path ESC applies the brake of the appropriate wheel to assist in counteracting the over steer or under steer condition PAGE POSITION 155 e Over steer when the vehicle is turning more than appropriate for the steering wheel po sition e Under steer when the vehicle is turning less than appropriate for the steering wheel po sition ESC Off Indicator Light The ESC Off Indicator Light
116. Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter if using your vehicle for any of the following police taxi fleet or frequent trailer towing Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 67 500 Miles 108 000 km or 108 Months Maintenance Service Schedule 1 Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Tt J Rotate tires Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer PAGE POSITION 233 JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 231 pubnum PAGE POSITION 234 75 000 Miles 120 000 km or 120 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tt Rotate tires Q If using your vehicle for any of the following Dusty or off road conditions Inspect the engine air cleaner filter replace if necessary Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Replace the air conditioning filter 82 500 Miles 132 000 km or 132 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Q Change the engine oil and engine oil filter t 1 Rotate tires Odometer Reading Date Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer Signatur
117. Latches Check for positive closing latching and lock ing Fluid Leaks Check area under vehicle after overnight park ing for fuel engine coolant oil or other fluid leaks Also if gasoline fumes are detected or if fuel power steering fluid or brake fluid leaks are suspected the cause should be located and corrected immediately 52 PAGE POSITION 54 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE SMIRRORS Wen CC 58 e Inside Day Night Mirror 58 e Automatic Dimming Mirror If Equipped 58 Outside Mirror Driver Side 58 e Outside Mirror Passenger Side 58 e Power Mirrors If Equipped 59 Heated Mirrors If Equipped 59 Vanity Mirrors If Equipped 60 e Sun Visor Sliding Feature 60 e Uconnect Phone IF EQUIPPED 60 Compatible Phones noame a ane ne a 61 Operation a um ee s ets us se seu 61 e Phone Call Features 66 Uconnect Phone Features 67 e Advanced Phone Connectivity 70 53 PAGE POSITION 55 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum e Things You Should Know About Your Uconnect HIS
118. Lubrication Locks and all body pivot points including such items as seat tracks door hinge pivot points and rollers liftgate tailgate sliding doors and hood hinges should be lubricated periodically with a lithium based grease such as MOPAR Spray White Lube or equivalent to assure quiet easy operation and to protect against rust and wear Prior to the application of any lubricant the parts concerned should be wiped clean to remove dust and grit after lubricating excess oil and grease should be removed Particular PAGE POSITION 207 attention should also be given to hood latching components to ensure proper function When performing other underhood services the hood latch release mechanism and safety catch should be cleaned and lubricated The external lock cylinders should be lubri cated twice a year preferably in the Fall and Spring Apply a small amount of a high quality lubricant such as MOPAR Lock Cylinder Lu bricant or equivalent directly into the lock cyl inder Windshield Wiper Blades Clean the rubber edges of the wiper blades and the windshield periodically with a sponge or soft cloth and a mild nonabrasive cleaner or use the washer solvent This will remove accu mulations of salt waxes or road film and help educe streaking and smearing Operation of the wipers on dry glass for long periods may cause deterioration of the wiper blades Always use washer fluid when using the wipers to remove salt o
119. MES TC rc 51 154 Aging Life of Tires 157 Air Pressure Chains Changing Compact Spare Flat Changing General Information High Speed Jacking Life of Tires Radial Rotation Safety Spare Tire Spinning Tread Wear Indicators Tongue Weight Trailer Weight Towing Disabled Vehicle Guide Recreational Weight Towing Eyes Traction JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og nflation Pressures Pressure Monitor System TPMS Pressure Warning Light Replacement pubnum Trailer Towing 167 Trip Odometer 109 Warning Lights Instrument Cluster Cooling System Tips 174 Trip Odometer Reset Button 110 Description 107 FICHES d mar aa Re 174 Turn Signals 88 110 218 Warnings and Cautions 7 inimum Requirements 170 Washer Adding Fluid 205 Oe 74 UCI Connector rn 120 Washers Windshield par nie d 90 railer and Tongue Weight 170 uconnect Hands Free Phone 60 Washing Vehicle 213 Wiring 172 Understanding Your Instrument Panel 105 Water Trai er Towing GUIDE 169 Universal Child Seat Position Chart 46 Driving Through are 145 Trailer Weight 169 Universal Consumer Interface UCI Wheel and Wheel Trim 213
120. N due to the low tire 3 However after driving the vehicle for up to 20 minutes above 15 mph 25 km h the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will flash on and off for 75 seconds and then remain on solid 4 For each subsequent ignition key cycle a chime will sound and the Tire Pressure Moni toring Telltale Light will flash on and off for 75 seconds and then remain on solid 161 pubnum PAGE POSITION 164 5 Once you repair or replace the original road tire and reinstall it on the vehicle in place of the compact spare tire the TPMS will update auto matically and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Tell tale Light will turn OFF as long as no tire pressure is below the low pressure warning limit in any of the four active road tires The vehicle may need to be driven for up to 20 min utes above 15 mph 25 km h in order for the TPMS to receive this information Premium System If Equipped The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses wireless technology with wheel rim mounted electronic sensors to monitor tire pressure lev els Sensors mounted to each wheel as part of the valve stem transmit tire pressure readings to the Receiver Module NOTE It is particularly important for you to check the tire pressure in all of your tires regularly and to maintain the proper pressure The TPMS consists of the following compo nents e Receiver Module 162 e Four Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensors e Three Trigge
121. O AREA FEATURES T E eene ee eee 98 Cargo Light Removable Self Recharging Flashlight 98 Cover EE 98 e Removable Load Floor 99 e Cargo Tie Down Loops 99 Fold Down Speakers If Equipped 100 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum PAGE POSITION 59 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 60 MIRRORS Inside Day Night Mirror A two point pivot system allows for horizontal and vertical mirror adjustment Adjust the mirror to center on the view through the rear window Headlight glare can be reduced by moving the small control under the mirror to the night position toward the rear of vehicle The mirror should be adjusted while set in the day position toward the windshield A Adjusting Rearview Mirror 030407085 58 Automatic Dimming Mirror If Equipped This mirror automatically adjusts for headlight glare from vehicles behind you You can turn the feature on or off by pressing the button at the base of the mirror A light next to the button will illuminate to indicate when the dimming feature is activated t Automatic Dimming Mirror 030406002 JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og CAUTION To avoid damage to the mirror
122. OB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2 0L 197 ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2 4L 198 e ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2 2L DIESEL 199 e ONBOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM Il 200 Loose Fuel Filler Cap Message 200 REPLACEMENT PARTS TUTTI Cc 200 e MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 200 eiEngine Oll ee 201 AENDINCO MENA 203 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 203 Maintenance Free Battery 203 Air Conditioner Maintenance 204 Body Lubrication 222222222222 ss es S SE se a 205 Windshield Wiper Blades 205 Adding WasherniFluid aa a 205 eiExhaustiSystem 206 195 PAGE POSITION 197 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum PAGE POSITION 198 exCoolingiSystemi Brake System e e Automatic Transmission CVT If Equipped Manual Transmission If Equipped e Appearance Care and Protection from Corrosion e FUSES eurer Em perenne us e Integrated Power Module IPM VEHICLE STORAGE Sees eu essen eek ci BULBS Fr e BULBIREREACEMEN TOREN e Front Headlamps Parki
123. RP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum Voice Tree Setup Setup Confirmation Emergency Breakdown Select Phone Language rompts Service Toggle Pair List Phones New phone Select a language Confirmation will Prompts temporarily on off Say 4 digit System Lists override pin code Phones S phone elect phone to be deleted List Phones priorities Enter Name of phone and follow prompts to complete pairing System System Lists Phone Deleted confirms Phones All Phones Deleted Note Available Voice commands are shown in bold face and are underlined 030605582 75 PAGE POSITION 77 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum Voice Commands Voice Commands Voice Commands Primary Alternate s Primary Alternate s Primary Alternate s zero dial new entry one download no two Dutch Nederlands pager beeper three edit pair a phone four emergency phone pairing pairing five English phonebook phonebook six delete all erase all previous seven Espanol redial eight Francais select phone select nine German Deutsch send asterisk star help set up phone settings or plus home phone set up hash Italian Italiano transfer call all all of them language Uconnect Tutorial Breakdown service list names
124. RR ES 51 Filler Location Fuel as 44 4 444 107 Filters Air Cleaner 203 Air Conditioning 132 Engine Oil aa aaa x 203 222 258 Flashers a ds 179 Hazard Warning 179 Turn Signal 51 110 218 Flat Tire Stowage 188 Flooded Engine Starting 140 Fluid Brake 2 ge 223 Fluid Capacities 221 Fluldiksaks cs rn xs 52 Fluid Level Checks Automatic Transaxle 212 Power Steering 147 EMS LC 222 Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts 222 Fog lights ue omes 87 111 218 Fog Lights Rear 114 Folding Rear Seat 84 Folding Rear Seat Sedan 84 Freeing A Stuck Vehicle 191 Front Position Light 218 FE 164 165 222 AQUINO meum eed 165 Additives 165 Capacity is sla are 4 221 Diesel suis erde ee he za 165 Filler Cap Gas 107 165 Filler Door Gas Cap 107 Gasoline 164 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og Gauge ios EcL ue 107 BONE duc Sem ses 107 Octane Rating 164 Tank Capacity 221 FUSING os um hs Res 165 FUSES an one utere re e doe bee a 215 Gas Cap Fuel Filler Cap 165 167 200 Gasoline Clean Air 165 Gasoline Fuel
125. SOFIX Positions Chart F Front Passen Intermediate Intermediate Mass Group Size Class Fixture us Rear Outboard Rear Center Outboard Center Other Sites F ISO L1 X X X X X X Carrycot G ISO L2 x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x E ISO R1 x 1UF x x x x 0 up to 10 kg 1 X X X X X X E ISO R1 x 1UF x x x x 0 up to 13 kg D ISO R2 X 1UF X X X X ISO R3 X 1UF X X X X 1 X X X X X X D ISO R2 X 1UF X X X X ISO R3 X 1UF X X X X 9 to 18 kg B ISO F2 X 1UF X X X X B1 ISO F2X X 1UF X X X X A ISO F3 X 1UF X X X X 1 X X X X X X I 15 to 25 kg 1 X X X X X X 22 to 36 kg 1 x x x x x x Key of letters used in the table above 1 For the CRS which do not carry the ISO XX size class identification A to G for the applicable mass group the car manufacturer shall indicate the vehicle specific ISOFIX child restraint system s recommended for each position 47 PAGE POSITION 49 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum PAGE POSITION 50 1UF Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraint systems of universal category approved for use in the mass group IL Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraint systems CRS given in the attachment list These ISOFIX CRS are those of the specific vehicle restricted or semi universal categories X ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems in this mass group and or this size class Front sea
126. SUMER ASSISTANCE 243 10 INDEX Aussaat 255 4 PAGE POSITION 3 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum PAGE POSITION 4 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 5 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 6 INTRODUCTION Congratulations on selecting your new Chrysler Group LLC vehicle Be assured that it repre sents precision workmanship distinctive styl ing and high quality all essentials that are traditional to our vehicles Before you start to drive this vehicle read this Owner s Manual and all the supplements Be sure you are familiar with all vehicle controls particularly those used for braking steering and transmission shifting Learn how your ve hicle handles on different road surfaces Your driving skills will improve with experience but as in driving any vehicle take it easy as you begin Always observe local laws wherever you drive NOTE After you read the manual it should be stored in the vehicle for convenient refer ence and remain with the vehicle when sold so that the new owner will be aware of all safety warnings Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Operating this vehicle at excessive
127. Sao e e CD DVD DISC MAINTENANCE e RADIO OPERATION AND CELLULAR PHONES e CEIMATE CONTROLS o a o e Manual Heating and Air Conditioning Automatic Temperature Control ATC If Equipped Operating PSN E 104 PAGE POSITION 106 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum INSTRUMENT PANEL FEATURES 040108895 1 Air Outlet 5 Lower Glove Compartment Beverage Cooler 9 ESC OFF Switch If Equipped If Equipped 2 Instrument Cluster 6 Climate Controls 10 Storage Bins 3 Radio 7 Heated Seat Switches If Equipped 11 Headlight Leveling Switch 4 Passenger Airbag 8 Hazard Warning Flasher 12 Power Outlet 105 PAGE POSITION 107 JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E cx P i Dii LS gs 1 22 X P EDE FM 101 1 1 Sit 888888 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og 040308959 106 PAGE POSITION 108 pubnum INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DESCRIPTIONS 1 Temperature Gauge The temperature gauge shows engine coolant temperature Any reading within the normal range indicates that the engine cooling system is operating satisfactorily The
128. System ABS 151 Brake Assist System BAS 151 e Traction Control System TCS 151 Hill Start Assist HSA Manual Transmission Only 152 e Electronic Stability Control ESC 153 e TIRES GENERAL INFORMATION 154 Tire Pressure e SURE ete al 154 e Tire Inflation Pressures 155 e Tire Pressures for High Speed Operation 156 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum eiBadiallBlvalires e ee 156 Compact Spare Tire If Equipped 156 ATLAS INN NN 157 e Tread Wear Indicators 157 Life of Tire 157 e Replacement Tires 158 7 02 20202 200 200 anne 222222222222 158 e TIRE ROTATION RECOMMENDATIONS 159 e TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS 159 Gig Hea ena apa Ae Oe fe 160 Premium System If Equipped 162 e FUEL REQUIREMENTS GASOLINE ENGINE 164 e Methanol esr mart leal ana 164 Ethanol 164 e Clean Air Gasoline 165 e Materials Added to Fuel 165 e FUEL REQUIREMENTS DIESEL ENGINES 165 eVADDINGIEUEL Tr cT 165 Locking Fuel Filler Cap Gas Cap 165 e Loose Fuel Filler Cap Message 167
129. Temporary use spare tires are for emer gency use only With these tires do not drive more than 50 mph 80 km h e Temporary use spare tires have limited tread life When the tread is worn to the tread wear indicators the temporary use spare tire needs to be replaced e Be sure to follow the warnings which apply to your spare Failure to do so could result in spare tire failure and loss of vehicle control Do not install a wheel cover or attempt to mount a conventional tire on the compact spare wheel since the wheel is designed specifically for the compact spare pubnum Do not install more than one compact spare tire wheel on the vehicle at any given time CAUTION Because of the reduced ground clearance do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with the compact spare installed Dam age to the vehicle may result Tire Spinning When stuck in mud sand snow or ice condi tions do not spin your vehicle s wheels faster than 30 mph 48 km h or for longer than 30 seconds continuously without stopping when you are stuck Refer to Freeing A Stuck Vehicle in What To Do In Emergencies for further information PAGE POSITION 159 WARNING Fast spinning tires can be dangerous Forces generated by excessive wheel speeds may cause tire damage or failure A tire could explode and injure someone Do not spin your vehicle s wheels faster than 30 mph 48 km h or for more than 30 se
130. UELA Chrysler de Venezuela LLC Avenida Pancho Pepe Croquer Zona Industrial Norte Valencia Estado Caraboro Tel 58 241 613 2400 Fax 58 241 613 2538 Fax 58 241 6132602 58 241 6132438 PO BOX 1960 Services And Parts Zona Industrial 11 Av Norte Sur 5 C C Calle Este Oeste C C LD Center Local B 2 Valencia Estado Carabobo Telf 58 241 6132757 58 241 6132773 Fax 58 241 6132743 251 pubnum CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP NOTIFICATION MODEL REGISTRATION OR LICENSE NUMBER will lg d NEW OWNER S NAME NEW OWNER S ADDRESS IF RESOLD BY CHRYSLER JEEP DEALERSHIP TELEPHONE NO ENTER DEALER STAMP IN BOX ABOVE FIRST OWNER 80f40712 252 PAGE POSITION 254 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP NOTIFICATION MODEL REGISTRATION OR LICENSE NUMBER 11 NEW OWNER S NEW OWNER S ADDRESS IF RESOLD BY CHRYSLER JEEP DEALERSHIP TELEPHONE NO ENTER DEALER STAMP IN BOX ABOVE SECOND OWNER 80140753 253 PAGE POSITION 255 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 254 PAGE POSITION 256 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 257 JOB 2
131. able to drive without Electronic Speed Control 93 pubnum PAGE POSITION 96 WARNING Electronic Speed Control can be dangerous where the system cannot maintain a constant speed Your vehicle could go too fast for the conditions and you could lose control An accident could be the result Do not use Electronic Speed Control in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding icy snow covered or slippery POWER SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED The power sunroof switch is located in the reading light 034206938 Power Sunroof Switch 94 WARNING e Never leave children in a vehicle with the key in the ignition switch Occupants par ticularly unattended children can become entrapped by the power sunroof while op erating the power sunroof switch Such entrapment may result in serious injury or death In an accident there is a greater risk of being thrown from a vehicle with an open sunroof You could also be seriously injured or killed Always fasten your seat belt prop erly and make sure all passengers are properly secured too Do not allow small children to operate the sunroof Never allow your fingers other body parts or any object to project through the sunroof opening Injury may result Opening the Sunroof Manual Mode To open the sunroof press and hold the switch rearward to full open Any release of the switch will stop the movement and the sunroof will remain in a partial open condition u
132. aining session should be completed when the vehicle is parked with the engine running all windows closed and the blower fan switched OFF This procedure may be repeated with a new user The system will adapt to the last trained voice only To restore the Voice Command system to fac tory default settings enter the Voice Training session via the above procedure and follow the prompts JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Voice Command e For best performance adjust the rearview mirror to provide at least in 1 cm gap between the overhead console if equipped and the mirror e Always wait for the beep before speaking e Speak normally without pausing just as you would speak to a person sitting a few feet meters away from you e Make sure that no one other than you is Speaking during a voice period e Performance is maximized under low to medium blower setting low to medium vehicle speed e low road noise e smooth road surface e fully closed windows e dry weather conditions 71 pubnum 72 PAGE P Even though the system is designed for users speaking in European English Dutch French German Italian or Spanish accents he system may not always work for some When navigating through an automated sys em such as voice mail or when sending a page at the end of speaking the digit string make sure to say Send Storing names in the ph
133. ake System ABS The ABS provides increased vehicle stability and brake performance under most braking conditions The system automatically pumps the brakes during severe braking conditions to prevent wheel lock up 149 pubnum PAGE POSITION 152 WARNING e Pumping of the anti lock brakes will dimin ish their effectiveness and may lead to an accident Pumping makes the stopping dis tance longer Just press firmly on your brake pedal when you need to slow down or stop e The ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded e The ABS cannot prevent accidents includ ing those resulting from excessive speed in turns following another vehicle too closely or hydroplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents e The capabilities of an ABS equipped ve hicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopar dize the user s safety or the safety of others 150 The ABS Warning Light monitors the ABS System The light will come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and may stay on for as long as four seconds 689 If the ABS Warning Light remains on or comes on while driving it indicates that the anti lock portion of the brake system is not functio
134. al and painted surfaces Special Care e f you drive on salted or dusty roads or if you drive near the ocean hose off the undercar riage at least once a month e Itis important that the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors rocker panels and trunk be kept clear and open e f you detect any stone chips or scratches in the paint touch them up immediately The cost of such repairs is considered the re sponsibility of the owner e f your vehicle is damaged due to an acci dent or similar cause which destroys the paint and protective coating have your ve hicle repaired as soon as possible The cost of such repairs is considered the responsi bility of the owner JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og e f you carry special cargo such as chemi cals fertilizers de icer salt etc be sure that such materials are well packaged and sealed e If a lot of driving is done on gravel roads consider mud or stone shields behind each wheel e Use MOPAR Touch Up Paint or equivalent on scratches as soon as possible Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match the color of your vehicle Wheel And Wheel Trim Care All wheels and wheel trim especially aluminum and chrome plated wheels should be cleaned regularly with a mild soap and water to prevent corrosion To remove heavy soil use MOPAR Wheel Cleaner or select a nonabrasive non acidic cleaner Do n
135. aler CAUTION Accessories that can be plugged into the vehicle power outlets draw power from the vehicle s battery even when not in use ie cellular phones etc Eventually if plugged in long enough the vehicle s battery will dis charge sufficiently to degrade battery life and or prevent the engine from starting pubnum FREEING A STUCK VEHICLE If your vehicle becomes stuck in mud sand or snow it can often be moved by a rocking motion Turn your steering wheel right and left to clear the area around the front wheels Then shift back and forth between REVERSE and 1st gear Using minimal accelerator pedal pressure to maintain the rocking motion without spinning the wheels is most effective NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with Traction Control or Electronic Stability Control ESC turn the system OFF before attempt ing to rock the vehicle CAUTION e When rocking a stuck vehicle by moving between 1st and REVERSE do not spin the wheels faster than 15 mph 24 km h or drivetrain damage may result Continued PAGE POSITION 193 CAUTION Continued e Revving the engine or spinning the wheels too fast may lead to transmission overheat ing and failure It can also damage the tires Do not spin the wheels above 30 mph 48 km h while in gear no transmission shifting occurring WARNING Fast spinning tires can be dangerous Forces generated by excessive wheel spe
136. ame of the language you wish to switch to English Dutch French German Italian or Spanish if so equipped e Continue to follow the system prompts to complete language selection After selecting one of the languages all prompts and voice commands will be in that language NOTE After every Uconnect Phone language change operation only the language specific 32 name phonebook is usable The paired phone name is not language specific and usable across all languages For command translations and alternate com mands in supported languages refer to Com mand Translations 67 pubnum PAGE POSITION 70 Emergency Assistance If Equipped If you are in an emergency and the cellular phone is reachable e Pick up the phone and manually dial the emergency number for your area If the phone is not reachable and the Uconnect Phone is operational you may reach the emergency number as follows e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Emergency and the Uconnect Phone will instruct the paired cellular phone to call the emergency number NOTE e The default number is 112 The number dialed may not be applicable with the available cellular service and area e If supported this number may be pro grammable on some systems To do this press the button and say Setup followed by Emergency 68 e The Uconnect Phone does slightly lower
137. and will not shift during travel When trailering cargo that is not fully secured dynamic load shifts can occur that may be difficult for the driver to control You could lose control of your vehicle and have an accident e All trailer hitches should be professionally installed on your vehicle e When hauling cargo or towing a trailer do not overload your vehicle or trailer Over loading can cause a loss of control poor performance or damage to brakes axle engine transmission steering suspen sion chassis structure or tires e Safety chains must always be used be tween your vehicle and trailer Always con nect the chains to the frame or hook retain ers of the vehicle hitch Cross the chains under the trailer tongue and allow enough Slack for turning corners Continued pubnum WARNING Continued e Vehicles with trailers should not be parked on a grade When parking apply the park ing brake on the tow vehicle Put the tow vehicle automatic transmission in PARK Always block or chock the trailer wheels GCWR must not be exceeded e Total weight must be distributed be tween the tow vehicle and the trailer such that the following four ratings are not exceeded 1 GVWR 2 GTW 3 GAWR 4 Tongue weight rating for the trailer hitch utilized Towing Requirements Tires Do not attempt to tow a trailer while using a compact spare tire Proper tire inflation pressures
138. ansmitter for at least 4 sec onds but no longer than 10 seconds Then press and hold the LOCK button while still holding the UNLOCK button 2 Release both buttons at the same time pubnum 3 Test the feature while outside of the vehicle by pressing the LOCK UNLOCK buttons on the RKE transmitter with the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the key removed 4 Repeat these steps if you want to return this feature to its previous setting NOTE Pressing the LOCK button on the RKE trans mitter while you are in the vehicle will acti vate the Vehicle Security Alarm Opening a door with the Vehicle Security Alarm acti vated will cause the alarm to sound Press the UNLOCK button to deactivate the Ve hicle Security Alarm Programming Additional Transmitters Refer to Sentry Key9 Customer Key Program ming If you do not have a programmed RKE trans mitter contact your authorized dealer for de tails Battery Replacement The recommended replacement battery is CR2032 PAGE POSITION 21 NOTE Perchlorate Material special handling may apply 1 If the transmitter is equipped with a screw remove the screw With the transmitter buttons facing down use a flat blade to pry the two halves of the transmitter apart Make sure not to damage the elastomer seal during removal 7 81182c72 Separating Transmitter Halves 2 Remove and replace the battery Avoid touching the new battery with your finger
139. are essential for the safe and satisfactory operation of your vehicle Refer to Tires General Infor PAGE POSITION 173 mation in Starting and Operating for proper tire inflation procedures Check the trailer tires for proper tire inflation pressures before trailer usage Check for signs of tire wear or visible tire damage before towing a trailer Refer to Tires General Information in Starting and Operating for the proper inspection proce dure When replacing tires refer to Tires Gen eral Information in Starting and Operating for proper tire replacement procedures Re placing tires with a higher load carrying capacity will not increase the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limits Towing Requirements Trailer Brakes Do not interconnect the hydraulic brake sys tem or vacuum system of your vehicle with that of the trailer This could cause inad equate braking and possible personal injury When towing a trailer equipped with a hy draulic surge actuated brake system an electronic brake controller is not required JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Trailer brakes are recommended for trailers over 1 000 Ibs 450 kg and required for trailers in excess of 1 653 Ibs 750 kg CAUTION If the trailer weighs more than 1 000 Ibs 450 kg loaded it should have its own brakes and they should be of adequate capacity Failure to do this coul
140. assengers and others around you 145 pubnum Shallow Standing Water Although your vehicle is capable of driving through shallow standing water consider the following Caution and Warning before doing so CAUTION e Always check the depth of the standing water before driving through it Never drive through standing water that is deeper than the bottom of the tire rims mounted on the vehicle Determine the condition of the road or the path that is under water and if there are any obstacles in the way before driving through the standing water e Do not exceed 5 mph 8 km h when driving through standing water This will minimize wave effects Continued 146 CAUTION Continued Driving through standing water may cause damage to your vehicle s drivetrain compo nents Always inspect your vehicle s fluids i e engine oil transmission axle etc for signs of contamination i e fluid that is milky or foamy in appearance after driving through standing water Do not continue to operate the vehicle if any fluid appears contaminated as this may result in further damage Such damage is not covered by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Getting water inside your vehicle s engine can cause it to lock up and stall out and cause serious internal damage to the en gine Such damage is not covered by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty WARNING Driving through standing water limits your
141. ating of 91 The use of premium gasoline is not recommended as it will not provide any benefit over regular gasoline in these engines Light spark knock at low engine speeds is not harmful to your engine However continued heavy spark knock at high speeds can cause damage and immediate service is required Poor quality gasoline can cause problems such as hard starting stalling and hesitations If you experience these symptoms try another brand of gasoline before considering service for the vehicle Over 40 automobile manufacturer s world wide have issued and endorsed consistent gasoline specifications the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEC which define fuel properties necessary to deliver enhanced emissions performance and durability for your vehicle The manufac 164 turer recommends the use of gasoline that meets the WWFC specifications if they are available Methanol Methyl or Wood Alcohol is used in a variety of concentrations when blended with unleaded gasoline You may find fuels containing 3 or more methanol along with other alcohols called cosolvents Problems that result from using methanol gasoline or E85 Ethanol blends are not the responsibility of the manufacturer While MTBE is an oxygenate made from Methanol it does not have the negative effects of Methanol CAUTION DO NOT use gasolines containing Methanol or E85 Ethanol Use of these blends may result in starting and drivability problems and may
142. auto matic transmission apply the parking brake before placing the shift lever in PARK other wise the load on the transmission locking mechanism may make it difficult to move the JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og shift lever out of PARK The parking brake should always be applied whenever the driver is not in the vehicle WARNING e Never leave children alone in a vehicle Leaving unattended children in a vehicle is dangerous for a number of reasons A child or others could be seriously or fatally in jured Do not leave the key in the ignition switch Achild could operate power windows other controls or move the vehicle Be sure the parking brake is fully disen gaged before driving failure to do so can lead to brake failure and an accident e Always fully apply the parking brake when leaving your vehicle or it may roll and cause damage or injury Also be certain to leave an automatic transmission in PARK a manual transmission in REVERSE or first gear Failure to do so may cause the ve hicle to roll and cause damage or injury pubnum CAUTION If the Brake Warning Light remains on with the parking brake released a brake system malfunction is indicated Have the brake sys tem serviced by an authorized dealer imme diately BRAKE SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with power assisted brakes as standard equipment In the
143. badly injured Any child riding in your vehicle should be in a proper restraint for the child s size Infants and Child Restraints There are different sizes and types of restraints for children from newborn size to the child almost large enough for an adult safety belt Always check the child seat owner s manual to ensure you have the correct seat for your child Use the restraint that is correct for your child e Safety experts recommend that children ride rearward facing in the vehicle until they are 43 pubnum at least one year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg Two types of child restraints can be used rearward facing infant carriers and convertible child seats The infant carrier is only used rearward facing in the vehicle It is recommended for children who weigh up to about 20 Ibs 9 kg Convertible child seats can be used either rearward facing or forward facing in the ve hicle Convertible child seats often have a higher weight limit in the rearward facing direction than infant carriers do so they can be used rearward facing by children who weigh more than 9 kg 20 Ibs but are less than one year old Both types of child re straints are held in the vehicle by the lap shoulder belt or the LATCH child restraint anchorage system Refer to LATCH Child Seat Anchorage System Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren Rearward facing child seats must NEVER be used in the front seat of a vehicle
144. beverages cool Positioning Slide Control 102 PAGE POSITION 104 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL e INSTRUMENT PANEL FEATURES 105 AINSTRUMENTCLUSTER 106 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DESCRIPTIONS 107 e ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER EVIC ZJtiEquipped rcc TC TTL 114 EVIC Eunctions RE 115 e Engine Oil Change Indicator System If Equipped 115 Compass Temperature Audio 116 Average Fuel Economy 116 e Distance To Empty DTE 116 Elapsed Time ree enen a enne a ses 116 e Tire Pressure Monitor TPM If Equipped 116 Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features 116 eESOUNDEISXSTEMS EIE EE 120 103 PAGE POSITION 105 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum UNIVERSAL CONSUMER INTERFACE UCI IEIEGIUIDPED RM exConnectingimhellPodo e Using This so s a tee a accu ey an aa SIE Controlling The iPod Using Radio Buttons Play Mode eso ete reU EE UP ENSE cre e List Or Browse EET NAVIGATION SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED e REMOTE SOUND SYSTEM CONTROLS IF EQUIPPED eiRadioiOperation 22 22 CD Player cue de arma ce
145. bnum WARNING Continued Do not use accessory seat covers or place objects between you and the side airbags the performance could be adversely af fected and or objects could be pushed into you causing serious injury WARNING Infants in rear facing child restraints should NEVER ride in the front seat of a vehicle with a passenger front airbag An airbag deploy ment can cause severe injury or death to infants in that position Knee Impact Bolsters The Knee Impact Bolsters help protect the knees of the driver and the front passenger and position everyone for the best interaction with the Advanced Front Airbag Along with seat belts and pretensioners Ad vanced Front Airbags work with the knee bol sters to provide improved protection for the driver and front passenger Side airbags also work with seat belts to improve occupant pro tection Here are some simple steps you can take to minimize the risk of harm from a deploying airbag 1 Children 12 years old and younger should always ride buckled up in a rear seat PAGE POSITION 39 Children that are not big enough to wear the vehicle seat belt properly see section on Child Restraints should be secured in the rear seat in child restraints or belt positioning booster seats Older children who do not use child restraints or belt positioning booster seats should ride properly buckled up in the rear seat Never allow children to slide the shoulde
146. button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Redial e The Uconnect Phone will call the last num ber that was dialed from your cellular phone NOTE This may not be the last number dialed from the Uconnect Phone PAGE POSITION 69 Call Continuation Call continuation is the progression of a phone call on the Uconnect Phone after the vehicle ignition key has been switched to OFF Call continuation functionality available on the ve hicle can be any one of three types e After the ignition key is switched to OFF a call can continue on the Uconnect Phone either until the call ends or until a vehicle Specific time expires or until the vehicle battery condition dictates cessation of the call on the Uconnect Phone and transfer of the call to the cellular phone e After the ignition key is switched to OFF a call can continue on the Uconnect Phone for a certain duration after which the call is automatically transferred from the Uconnect Phone to the cellular phone e An active call is automatically transferred to the cellular phone after the ignition key is Switched to OFF JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Uconnect Phone Features Language Selection To change the language that the Uconnect Phone is using e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say the n
147. c Sun damage can also weaken the fabric If the seat belts need cleaning use a mild soap solution or lukewarm water Do not remove the seat belts from the car to wash them Replace the seat belts if they appear frayed or worn or if the buckles do not work properly Dry with a soft cloth JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og FUSES Integrated Power Module IPM The Integrated Power Module IPM is located in the engine compartment near the air cleaner assembly This center contains cartridge fuses and mini fuses A label that identifies each component may be printed on the inside of the cover Refer to Engine Compartment in Main taining Your Vehicle for further information Integrated Power Module 215 pubnum Cav Car ity tridge Fuse Empty Mini Fuse Description Empty 15 Amp Lt Blue AWD AWD ECU Feed 10 Amp Red CHMSL Brake Switch Feed 10 Amp Red 20 Amp Yellow Ignition Switch Feed OCM Trailer Tow 10 Amp Red IOD Sw Pwr Mir Steering Cntrl Sdar Hands Free Phone 30 Amp Green IOD Sense1 30 Amp Green IOD Sense2 9 40 Amp Green Power Seats 20 Amp Yellow CCN Power Locks Interior Lighting 216 PAGE POSITION 218 Cav Car Mini Description Cav Car Mini Description ity tr
148. cally To cancel the Auto Down movement operate the switch in either the up or down direction and release the switch Window Lockout Switch The window lockout switch on the driver s door allows you to disable the window control on the other doors To disable the window controls on the other doors press the window LOCKOUT Switch To enable the window controls press the window LOCKOUT switch a second time Window Lockout Switch 24 LIFTGATE NOTE The key that is used to start your vehicle is also used to lock or unlock the doors and open the liftgate To unlock the liftgate insert the key into the lock and turn it to the right manual lock models only The liftgate can also be unlocked using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter or by activating the power door lock switches located on the front doors The central locking unlocking feature if equipped can also be activated from the liftgate key cylinder Once unlocked the liftgate can be opened or closed without using the key To open the liftgate squeeze the liftgate release and pull the liftgate open with one fluid motion JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 022210243 Liftgate Handle NOTE e Inthe event of a power malfunction or the RKE transmitter is inoperative insert the key into the liftgate lock cylinder and turn it to the right manual lock models only Using the liftgate handle pul
149. carefully Fol lowing the instructions and recommendations in this Owner s Manual will help assure safe and enjoyable operation of your vehicle After you have read the Owner s Manual it should be stored in the vehicle for convenient reference and remain with the vehicle when sold The manufacturer reserves the right to make changes in design and specifications and or to make additions to or improvements in its products without imposing any obligations upon itself to install them on products previ ously manufactured The Owner s Manual illustrates and describes the features that are standard or available as extra cost options Therefore some of the pubnum equipment and accessories in this publication may not appear on your vehicle NOTE Be sure to read the Owner s Manual first before driving your vehicle and before at taching or installing parts accessories or making other modifications to the vehicle In view of the many replacement parts and accessories from various manufacturers avail able on the market the manufacturer cannot be certain that the driving safety of your vehicle will not be impaired by the attachment or instal lation of such parts Even if such parts are officially approved for example by a general operating permit for the part or by constructing the part in an officially approved design or if an individual operating permit was issued for the vehicle after the attachment or installation
150. chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum PAGE POSITION 10 JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 11 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE A WORD ABOUT YOUR KEYS 13 e ignition Key Removal 13 e Locking Doors With A Key 14 Key In Ignition Reminder 14 e STEERING WHEEL LOCK IF EQUIPPED 14 e To Manually Lock the Steering Wheel 14 To Release the Steering Wheel Lock 14 ASENTAR REV 14 siReplacement Keys 15 Customer Key Programming 15 General Informations 15 e VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM IF EQUIPPED 15 To Set the Security Alarm 16 esrolDisarmitheiSystem e mee a a a 16 e Vehicle Security Alarm Manual Override 16 9 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum e PREMIUM VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM IF EQUIPPED 16 sxro Armithe Systemg r e Tc 16 esroiDisarmmthe Systemg 17 e Vehicle Security Alarm Manual Override 17 e REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RKE 17 To Unlock The Doors And Liftgate 17 e Remote Key Unlock Driver Door All First Press 1
151. ck belt fit periodically A child s squirm ing or slouching can move the belt out of position e f the shoulder belt contacts the face or neck move the child closer to the center of the vehicle Never allow a child to put the shoul der belt under an arm or behind their back NOTE For additional information refer to www seatcheck org or call 1 866 SEATCHECK Canadian residents should refer to Transport Canada s website for ad ditional information http www tc gc ca roadsafety safedrivers childsafety index htm Older Children and Child Restraints Children who weigh more than 20 Ibs 9 kg and who are older than one year can ride forward facing in the vehicle Forward facing child seats and convertible child seats used in the forward facing direction are for children who weigh 20 to 40 Ibs 9 to 18 kg and who are older than one year These child seats are also held in the vehicle by the lap shoulder belt or the LATCH child restraint anchorage system 45 pubnum Refer to LATCH Child Seat Anchorage System Lower Anchors and Tether for CHil dren The belt positioning booster seat is for children weighing more than 40 Ibs 18 kg but who are still too small to fit the vehicle s seat belts properly If the child cannot sit with knees bent over the vehicle s seat cushion while the child s back is against the seatback they should use a belt positioning booster seat The child and Universal Child
152. ckle for storage insert the regular latch plate into the black button on the top of the mini buckle The belt will automatically retract to its stowed position If necessary slide the latch plate down the webbing to allow the belt to retract fully Insert the mini latch plate into the Slot provided in the trim panel Lap Shoulder Belt Untwisting Procedure Use the following procedure to untwist a twisted lap shoulder belt pubnum 1 Position the latch plate as close as possible to the anchor point 2 At about 6 to 12 in 15 to 30 cm above the latch plate grasp and twist the belt webbing 180 degrees to create a fold that begins imme diately above the latch plate 3 Slide the latch plate upward over the folded webbing The folded webbing must enter the Slot at the top of the latch plate 4 Continue to slide the latch plate up until it clears the folded webbing Automatic Locking Retractors ALR Mode If Equipped In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The Automatic Locking Mode is available on all passenger seating positions with a combination lap shoulder belt When To Use The Automatic Locking Mode Use the Automatic Locking Mode anytime a child safety seat is installed in the rear outboard seating position Children 12 years old and younger should always be properly restrained in the rear seat PAGE POSITION 33
153. cle has completely stopped and the shift lever is placed in the NEUTRAL position The light should turn off If the light remains lit with the engine running your vehicle will usually be drivable however see an authorized dealer for service as soon as possible If the light is flashing when the engine is running immediate JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og service is required and you may experience reduced performance an elevated rough idle or engine stall and your vehicle may require towing The light will come on when the ignition is first turned ON and remain on briefly as a bulb check If the light does not come on during starting have the system checked by an au thorized dealer 18 Position Light Indicator If Equipped This indicator will illuminate when the park lights or headlights are turned on 200 19 Electronic Stability Control ESC OFF Indicator Light If Equipped This light indicates the Electronic Stability Control system ESC has been turned off by the driver OFF 20 Turn Signal Indicators The arrow will flash with the exterior turn signal when the turn signal lever is oper ated pubnum If the vehicle electronics sense that the vehicle has traveled about 1 mile 1 6 km with the turn signals on a continuous chime will sound to alert you to turn the signals off If either indica tor flashes at a rapid rate check for a defectiv
154. cluster Refer to Instrument Cluster Description in Understanding Your Instrument Panel for further information Tighten the fuel filler cap properly and press the odometer trip odometer RESET button to turn the message off If the problem continues the message will appear the next time the vehicle is started Refer to Onboard Diagnostic System in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further informa tion TRAILER TOWING In this section you will find safety tips and information on limits to the type of towing you can reasonably do with your vehicle Before towing a trailer carefully review this information to tow your load as efficiently and safely as possible PAGE POSITION 169 To maintain warranty coverage follow the re quirements and recommendations in this manual concerning vehicles used for trailer towing Common Towing Definitions The following trailer towing related definitions will assist you in understanding the following information Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR is the total allowable weight of your vehicle This includes driver passengers cargo and tongue weight The total load must be limited so that you do not exceed the GVWR Gross Trailer Weight GTW The GTW is the weight of the trailer plus the weight of all cargo consumables and equip ment permanent or temporary loaded in or on the trailer in its loaded and ready for operation condition The recommended way to measure GTW is to
155. com uconnect To find the list of compatible phones navigate through the following menus e Select model year for the vehicle e Select type of the vehicle e Mark the box if radio is equipped with Navi gation e In the getting started tab select compatible phones Operation Voice commands can be used to operate the Uconnect Phone and to navigate through the Uconnect Phone menu structure Voice com mands are required after most Uconnect JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og Phone prompts You will be prompted for a specific command and then guided through the available options e Prior to giving a voice command one must wait for the beep which follows the Ready prompt or another prompt e For certain operations compound com mands can be used For example instead of saying Setup and then Phone Pairing the following compound command can be said Setup Phone Pairing e For each feature explanation in this section only the combined form of the voice com mand is given You can also break the com mands into parts and say each part of the command when you are asked for it For example you can use the combined form voice command Phonebook New Entry or you can break the combined form command into two voice commands Phonebook and New Entry Please remember the Uconnect Phone works best when you talk in a normal conversational tone as if
156. conds continuously when you are stuck and do not let anyone near a spinning wheel no matter what the Speed Tread Wear Indicators Tread wear indicators are in the original equip ment tires to help you in determining when your tires should be replaced JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 055007576 1 Worn Tire 2 New Tire These indicators are molded into the bottom of the tread grooves They will appear as bands when the tread depth becomes 1 16 in 2 mm When the tread is worn to the tread wear indicators the tire should be replaced Life of Tire The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style lire pressure e Distance driven 157 pubnum PAGE POSITION 160 WARNING Tires and the spare tire should be replaced after six years regardless of the remaining tread Failure to follow this warning can result in sudden tire failure You could lose control and have an accident resulting in serious injury or death Keep dismounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and gaso line Replacement Tires The tires on your new vehicle provide a balance of many characteristics They should be in spected regularly for wear and correct cold tire inflation pressure The manufacturer strongly recom
157. d f necessary add fluid to restore to the proper indicated level With a clean cloth wipe any spilled fluid from all surfaces Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further information 147 pubnum PAGE POSITION 150 PARKING BRAKE Before leaving the vehicle make sure that the parking brake is fully applied Also be certain to leave an automatic transmission in PARK or manual transmission in REVERSE or first gear The parking brake lever is located in the center console To apply the parking brake pull the lever up as firmly as possible To release the parking brake pull the lever up slightly press the center button then lower the lever com pletely 148 When the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the ON position the Brake Warning Light in the instrument cluster will illuminate NOTE e When the parking brake is applied and the automatic transmission is placed in gear the Brake Warning Light will flash If vehicle speed is detected a chime will sound to alert the driver Fully release the parking brake before attempting to move the vehicle e This light only shows that the parking brake is applied It does not show the degree of brake application When parking on a hill it is important to turn the front wheels toward the curb on a downhill grade and away from the curb on an uphill grade For vehicles equipped with an
158. d the arrows on each side of the instrument cluster flash to show proper operation of the front and rear turn signal lights 031407688 Turn Signal Control If either light remains on and does not flash or there is a very fast flash rate check for a defective outside light bulb If an indicator fails to light when the lever is moved it would suggest that the indicator bulb is defective 88 Lane Change Assist Tap the lever up or down once without moving beyond the detent and the turn signal right or left will flash three times then automatically turn off High Low Beam Switch Push the multifunction lever away from you to Switch the headlights to high beam Pull the lever back toward you to switch the headlights back to low beam Flash to Pass You can signal another vehicle with your head lights by lightly pulling the multifunction lever toward you This will turn on the high beam headlights until the lever is released NOTE If the multifunction lever is held in the flash to pass position for more than 15 seconds the high beams will shut off If this occurs wait 30 seconds for the next flash to pass operation Instrument Panel Dimmer Rotate the center portion of the lever to the extreme bottom position to fully dim the instru JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og ment panel lights and prevent the interior lights from illuminating when a door is open
159. d when you wish to skip part of a prompt and issue your voice command immediately For example if a prompt is asking Would you like to pair a phone clear a you could press the amp vR button and say Pair a Phone to select that option without having to listen to the rest of the voice prompt Turning Confirmation Prompts On Off Turning confirmation prompts off will stop the system from confirming your choices e g the Uconnect Phone will not repeat a phone number before you dial it e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Setup Confirmations The Uconnect Phone will play the current con firmation prompt status and you will be given the choice to change it JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Phone and Network Status Indicators If available on the radio and or on a premium display such as the instrument panel cluster and supported by your cellular phone the Uconnect Phone will provide notification to inform you of your phone and network status when you are attempting to make a phone call using Uconnect M Phone The status is given for roaming network signal strength phone battery strength etc Dialing Using the Cellular Phone Keypad You can dial a phone number with your cellular phone keypad and still use the Uconnect Phone while dialing via the cellular phone keypad the user must exerci
160. d Metric Press and hold the EVIC button when in this display until ENGLISH or METRIC appears to make your selection Automatic Compass Calibration When the vehicle is new the compass may appear erratic and the EVIC will display CAL until the compass is calibrated You may also calibrate the compass by completing one or more 360 degree turns in an area free from large metal or metallic objects until the CAL message displayed in the EVIC turns off The compass will now function normally NOTE A good calibration requires a level surface and an environment free from large metallic objects such as buildings bridges under ground cables railroad tracks etc JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Compass Variance Compass Variance is the difference between Magnetic North and Geographic North To en sure compass accuracy the compass variance should be properly set according to the vari ance map for the zone where the vehicle will be driven When properly set the compass will automatically account for this difference NOTE Magnetic and battery powered devices such as cell phones iPod s radar detec tors PDA s and laptops should be kept away from the top of the instrument panel This is where the compass module is lo cated and such devices may interfere and cause false compass readings pubnum
161. d and install it into the same notch location of the rear trim panel pubnum Rear Trim Notches Using the handle pull the cover toward you and guide the rear cover posts into the guides located on both sides of the rear trim panel ES Cargo Cover Guides PAGE POSITION 101 WARNING In an accident a cargo cover loose in the vehicle could cause injury lt could fly around in a sudden stop and strike someone in the vehicle Do not store the cargo cover on the cargo floor or in the passenger compartment Remove the cover from the vehicle when taken from its mounting Do not store in the vehicle Removable Load Floor The cargo area contains a removable load floor Rear Cargo Area JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Cargo Tie Down Loops There are two D rings installed in the cargo area for securing cargo WARNING e Cargo tie down loops are not safe anchors for a child seat tether strap In a sudden stop or collision a loop could pull loose and allow the child seat to come loose A child could be badly injured Use only the an chors provided for child seat tethers e The weight and position of cargo and pas sengers can change the vehicle center of gravity and vehicle handling To avoid loss of control resulting in personal injury follow these guidelines for loading your vehicle e Always place cargo evenly on the cargo floor Put heav
162. d lead to accelerated brake lining wear higher brake pedal effort and longer stopping distances WARNING e Do not connect trailer brakes to your vehi cle s hydraulic brake lines It can overload your brake system and cause it to fail You might not have brakes when you need them and could have an accident e Towing any trailer will increase your stop ping distance When towing you should allow for additional space between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you Failure to do so could result in an accident 171 pubnum PAGE POSITION 174 Towing Requirements Trailer Lights and Wiring Whenever you pull a trailer regardless of the trailer size stop lights and turn signals on the trailer are required for motoring safety The Trailer Tow Package may include a 7 pin or a 13 pin wiring harness Use a factory ap proved trailer harness and connector NOTE Do not cut or splice wiring into the vehicles wiring harness The electrical connections are all complete to the vehicle but you must mate the harness to a trailer connector 172 81789d4e Seven Pin Connector Pin Number Function Wire Color 1 Left Turn Sig Yellow nal 2 Rear Fog Blue Light 3 Ground White Common Re turn 4 Right Turn Green Signal JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 5 Right Rear Brown Position Side Marker Lights and Rear Regi
163. d result in tire overloading and failure You could lose control and have an accident e Failure to equip your vehicle with tires having adequate speed capability can re sult in sudden tire failure and loss of vehicle control CAUTION Replacing original tires with tires of a different Size may result in false speedometer and odometer readings TIRE CHAINS Due to limited clearance tire chains are not recommended pubnum CAUTION Damage to the vehicle may result if tire chains are used TIRE ROTATION RECOMMENDATIONS Tires on the front and rear axles of vehicles operate at different loads and perform different steering driving and braking functions For these reasons they wear at unequal rates and tend to develop irregular wear patterns These effects can be reduced by timely rotation of tires The benefits of rotation are especially worthwhile with aggressive tread designs such as those on all season type tires Rotation will increase tread life help to maintain mud snow and wet traction levels and contribute to a smooth quiet ride Refer to Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance intervals More frequent rotation is permissible if desired The reasons for any rapid or unusual wear should be corrected prior to rotation being performed PAGE POSITION 161 The suggested rotation method is shown in the following diagram E E 055707139 Tire Rotat
164. debris etc pre vents closing press the switch forward and hold for two seconds after the reversal occurs This allows the sunroof to move towards the close position PAGE POSITION 97 NOTE Pinch protection is disabled while the switch is pressed Venting Sunroof Express Press and hold the Vent button and the sunroof will open to the vent position This is called Express Vent and will occur regard less of the sunroof position During Express Vent operation any movement of the switch will stop the sunroof Sunshade Operation The sunshade can be opened manually How ever the sunshade will open automatically as the sunroof opens NOTE The sunshade cannot be closed if the sun roof is open Wind Buffeting Wind buffeting can be described as the per ception of pressure on the ears or a helicopter JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og type sound in the ears Your vehicle may exhibit wind buffeting with the windows down or the sunroof if equipped in certain open or partially open positions This is a normal occurrence and can be minimized If the buffeting occurs with the rear windows open open the front and rear windows together to minimize the buffet ing If the buffeting occurs with the sunroof open adjust the sunroof opening to minimize the buffeting or open any window Sunroof Maintenance Use only a non abrasive cleaner and a soft cloth
165. deploy ment The timing of the second stage deter mines whether the output force is low medium JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og or high If a low output is sufficient to meet the need the remaining gas in the inflator is ex pended WARNING No objects should be placed over or near the airbag on the instrument panel be cause any such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the airbag to inflate e Do not put anything on or around the airbag covers or attempt to open them manually You may damage the airbags and you could be injured because the airbags may no longer be functional The protective cov ers for the airbag cushions are designed to open only when the airbags are inflating e Do not drill cut or tamper with the knee bolster in any way e Do not mount any accessories to the knee bolster such as alarm lights stereos citi zen band radios etc 35 pubnum PAGE POSITION 38 Supplemental Side Seat Airbags If Equipped Supplemental Side Seat airbags provide en hanced protection and work together with supplemental Side Airbag Inflatable Curtains SABIC to help protect an occupant during a side impact J M 922610242 Supplemental Side Seat Airbag Label When the bag deploys it opens the seam between the front and side of the seat s trim cover Each bag deploys independently that is
166. difficulty in playing a par ticular disc it may be damaged scratched reflective coating removed a hair moisture or dew on the disc oversized or have protection encoding Try a known good disc before considering disc player service RADIO OPERATION AND CELLULAR PHONES Under certain conditions the cellular phone being on in your vehicle can cause erratic or noisy performance from your radio This condi tion may be lessened or eliminated by relocat ing the cellular phone antenna This condition is not harmful to the radio If your radio perfor mance does not satisfactorily clear by the repositioning of the antenna it is recom mended that the radio volume be turned down or off during cellular phone operation pubnum CLIMATE CONTROLS The Air Conditioning and Heating System is designed to make you comfortable in all types of weather Manual Heating and Air Conditioning 045607574 The Manual Temperature Controls consist of a series of outer rotary dials and inner push knobs PAGE POSITION 127 Blower Control Rotate this control to regulate the amount of air forced through the ventilation system in any mode The blower Speed increases as you move the control to the right from the O OFF position There are four blower speeds NOTE For vehicles equipped with Remote Start the climate controls will not function during Remote Start operation if the blower control is left in the
167. disposable oil filter Use a filter of this type for replacement The quality of replace ent filters varies considerably Only high qual ity filters should be used to assure most effi ient service MOPAR engine oil filters are gh quality oil filters and are recommended hi Engine Air Cleaner Filter Refer to Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance intervals gt 3 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING The air cleaner can provide a measure of protection in the case of engine backfire Do not remove the air cleaner unless such re moval is necessary for repair or maintenance Make sure that no one is near the engine compartment before starting the vehicle with the air cleaner removed Failure to do so can result in serious personal injury Engine Air Cleaner Filter Selection The quality of replacement engine air cleaner filters varies considerably Only high quality filters should be used to assure most efficient service MOPAR engine air cleaner filters are a high quality filter and are recommended Maintenance Free Battery The top of the maintenance free battery is permanently sealed You will never have to add water nor is periodic maintenance required 203 pubnum WARNING e Battery fluid is a corrosive acid solution and can burn or even blind you Do not allow battery fluid to contact your eyes skin or clo
168. e Please re view these recommendations for using Hybrid Organic Additive Technology HOAT engine coolant antifreeze When adding engine coolant antifreeze a minimum solution of 5096 recommended MO PARS Antifreeze Coolant 5 Year 100 000 Mile Formula HOAT Hybrid Organic Additive Tech nology or equivalent in water should be used Use higher concentrations not to exceed 7096 if temperatures below 34 F 37 C are an ticipated Use only high purity water such as distilled or deionized water when mixing the water engine coolant antifreeze solution The use of lower quality water will reduce the amount of corro Sion protection in the engine cooling system JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Please note that it is the owner s responsibility to maintain the proper level of protection against freezing according to the temperatures occurring in the area where the vehicle is operated NOTE Mixing engine coolant antifreeze types will decrease the life of the engine coolant an tifreeze and will require more frequent cool ant changes Cooling System Pressure Cap The cap must be fully tightened to prevent loss of engine coolant antifreeze and to ensure that engine coolant antifreeze will return to the radiator from the coolant recovery bottle The cap should be inspected and cleaned if there is any accumulation of foreign material on the sealing surfaces
169. e outside light bulb 21 Vehicle Security Light If Equipped This light will flash at a fast rate for approximately 16 seconds when o the vehicle security alarm is arm ing and then will flash slowly until the vehicle is disarmed 22 Electronic Stability Control ESC Malfunction Indicator Light If Equipped The ESC Malfunction Indicator Light in the instrument cluster will come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position It should go out with the engine run ning If the ESC Malfunction Indi cator Light comes on continuously with the engine running a malfunction has been de tected in the ESC system If this light remains on after several ignition cycles and the vehicle has been driven several miles kilometers at Speeds greater than 30 mph 48 km h see PAGE POSITION 113 your authorized dealer as soon as possible to have the problem diagnosed and corrected NOTE e The ESC Off Indicator Light and the ESC Malfunction Indicator Light come on momentarily each time the ignition switch is turned ON e Each time the ignition is turned ON the ESC system will be ON even if it was turned off previously e The ESC system will make buzzing or clicking sounds when it is active This is normal the sounds will stop when ESC becomes inactive following the maneuver that caused the ESC activation 23 Front Fog Light Indicator If Equipped This indicator will illuminate when the
170. e Authorized Chrysler Dealer 232 JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 90 000 Miles 144 000 km or 144 Months Maintenance Service 97 500 Miles 156 000 km or Schedule 156 Months Maintenance Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Service Schedule Rotate tires 1 Change the engine oil and engine oil Replace the engine air cleaner filter filtert Replace the spark plugs J Rotate tires Inspect and replace PCV valve if necessary Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Replace the air conditioning filter Inspect the CV joints Inspect exhaust system Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary C Odometer Reading Date Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 233 PAGE POSITION 235 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 105 000 Miles 168 000 km or 168 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Q Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tt 1 Rotate tires Q If using your vehicle for any of the following Dusty or off road conditions Inspect the engine air cleaner filter replace
171. e Table of Contents to determine which section contains the information you de sire Since the specification of your vehicle depends on the items of equipment ordered certain descriptions and illustrations may differ from your vehicle s equipment The detailed index at the back of this Owner s Manual contains a complete listing of all sub jects Consult the following table for a description of the symbols that may be used on your vehicle or throughout this Owner s Manual pubnum aj amp sD e Li af S 2 9 B 030 N S gt dies a AWDI 3 FUELFILLSIDE REAR WINDOW WINDGHIELD WASHER DOMELIGHT FRONTFOGLIGHT HOOD RELEASE LOWERAIR RECIRCULATION ALL WHEEL FAILURE OF ANTHOCK WASHER FLUID LEVEL OUTLET DRIVE BRAKING SYSTEM E 3 I 2002 Ot O 4WD BRAKE WINDSHIELI IFTGATE RELEASE T ERAKE SYSTEM ENGINE OIL REAR WINDOW CLECTRICALL PARKUGHTS FOG LAMP ANDIPTCATE DEFROSTAND VENTILATING FAN FOUR WHEEL WARNING PARKING DEFROST HEATED OPEN LOWER AIR OUTLET CONTROL DRIVE BRAKE f Tow E QD a amp dw HAUL BATTERY HEATED MIRROR WINDSHIELD INSTRUMENT PANEL SEAT BELT SLIDING DOOR TRUNKIDECK AIRCONDITIONING CHILD SEAT RECOGNITION WARNING TOW HAUL CHARGING DEFROST ILLUMINATION RELEASE TETHER ANCHOR BUTTON CO 4 amp amp mA s GLOW PLUG POWER WANOSMIELDWIPER SIDE AIRBAG AIRBAG SUDMODOOR EMERGENCY LIGHTER ANDTETHERFOR UCONNECT HAZARD FOUR WHEEL STEERING
172. e area of the windows through which you view the outside mirrors Outside Air Intake Make sure the air intake located directly in front of the windshield is free of obstructions such as leaves Leaves collected in the air intake may reduce airflow and if they enter the ple JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og num they could plug the water drains In winter months make sure the air intake is clear of ice slush and snow A C Air Filter If Equipped The A C Filter prevents most dust and pollen from entering the cabin The filter acts on air coming from outside the vehicle and recircu lated air within the passenger compartment Refer to Maintenance Procedures in Main taining Your Vehicle for A C Air Filter service information or see your authorized dealer for service Refer to Maintenance Schedules for filter service intervals pubnum Control Setting Suggestions for Various Weather Conditions WEATHER CONTROL SETTINGS HOT WEATHER Open the windows start the vehicle press the LS button to turn recirculate off AND VEHICLE INTERIOR IS Set the Fan control to the high position full clockwise Press the A C button VERY HOT Set the Mode control at or between and 24 Set the temperature control to full cool After the hot air is pushed from the vehicle press the button to turn recirculate on and roll up the windows Once you are comfortable press
173. e entry that already exists in the phonebook For example the entry John Doe may have a cellular and a home number but you can add John Doe s work number later using the Phonebook Edit fea ture NOTE Editing phonebook entries is recommended when the vehicle is not in motion Delete Uconnect Phonebook Entry e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Phonebook Delete PAGE POSITION 67 e After you enter the Phonebook Delete menu you will then be asked for the name of the entry that you wish to delete You can either say the name of a phonebook entry that you wish to delete or you can say List Names to hear a list of the entries in the phonebook from which you choose To select one of the entries from the list press the button while the Uconnect Phone is playing the desired entry and say Delete e After you enter the name the Uconnect Phone will ask you which designation you wish to delete home work cellular pager or all Say the designation you wish to delete e Note that only the phonebook entry in the current language is deleted e Automatic downloaded phonebook entries cannot be deleted or edited Delete Erase All Uconnect Phonebook Entries e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Phonebook Erase All JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en
174. e event of engine malfunction particularly involving engine misfire or other apparent loss of performance have your ve hicle serviced promptly Continued operation of your vehicle with a severe malfunction could cause the converter to overheat result ing in possible damage to the converter and the vehicle WARNING A hot exhaust system can start a fire if you park over materials that can burn Such ma terials might be grass or leaves coming into contact with your exhaust system Do not park or operate your vehicle in areas where your exhaust system can contact anything that can burn pubnum In unusual situations involving grossly malfunc tioning engine operation a scorching odor may suggest severe and abnormal catalyst over heating If this occurs stop the vehicle turn off the engine and allow it to cool Service includ ing a tune up to manufacturers specifications should be obtained immediately To minimize the possibility of catalyst damage e Do not shut off the engine or interrupt the ignition when the transmission is in gear and the vehicle is in motion e Do not try to start the engine by pushing or towing the vehicle e Do not idle the engine with any spark plug wires disconnected for a prolonged period PAGE POSITION 209 Cooling System WARNING e When working near the radiator cooling fan disconnect the fan motor lead or turn the ignition switch to the OFF position The fan
175. e front end damage but that produce a severe initial deceleration JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og The side airbags will not deploy in all side collisions Side airbag deployment will depend on the severity and type of collision Because airbag sensors measure vehicle de celeration over time vehicle speed and dam age by themselves are not good indicators of whether or not an airbag should have de ployed Seat belts are necessary for your protection in all collisions and also are needed to help keep you in position away from an inflating airbag The ORC monitors the readiness of the elec tronic parts of the system whenever the ignition Switch is in the START or ON position If the key is in the OFF position in the ACC position or not in the ignition the airbags are not on and will not inflate The ORC contains a backup power supply system that may deploy the airbags even if the battery loses power or it becomes discon nected prior to deployment pubnum Also the ORC turns on the Airbag Warning Light in the instrument panel for approximately six to eight seconds for a self check when the ignition is first turned on After the self check the Airbag Warning Light will turn off If the ORC detects a malfunc tion in any part of the system it turns on the Airbag Warning Light either momentarily or continuously A single chime will sound if the light comes on
176. e is no need to remove the radiator cap unless checking for the coolant freeze point or replacing the engine coolant antifreeze Ad vise your service attendant of this As long as the engine operating temperature is satisfac tory the coolant bottle need only be checked once a month When additional engine coolant antifreeze is needed to maintain the proper level it should be added to the coolant bottle Do not overfill JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Points to Remember NOTE When the vehicle is stopped after a few miles kilometers of operation you may ob serve vapor coming from the front of the engine compartment This is normally a re sult of moisture from rain snow or high humidity accumulating on the radiator and being vaporized when the thermostat opens allowing hot engine coolant antifreeze to enter the radiator If an examination of your engine compartment shows no evidence of radiator or hose leaks the vehicle may be safely driven The vapor will Soon dissipate e Do not overfill the coolant recovery bottle e Check the coolant freeze point in the radiator and in the coolant recovery bottle If engine coolant antifreeze needs to be added the contents of the coolant recovery bottle must also be protected against freezing 209 pubnum PAGE POSITION 212 e f frequent engine coolant antifreeze addi tions are required or i
177. e not to allow the contents of TIREFIT to come in contact with hair eyes or clothing TIREFIT is harmful if inhaled swallowed or absorbed through the skin It causes skin eye and respiratory irritation Flush immediately with plenty of water if there is any contact with eyes or skin Change clothing as soon as possible if there is any contact with clothing Continued 182 WARNING Continued e TIREFIT Sealant solution contains latex In case of allergic reaction or rash consult a physician immediately Keep TIREFIT out of reach of children If swallowed rinse mouth immediately with plenty of water and drink plenty of water Do not induce vomit ing Consult a physician immediately Use the gloves provided in the Accessory Storage Compartment located on the bot tom of the air pump when operating the TIREFIT kit Sealing a Tire with TIREFIT A Whenever You Stop to Use TIREFIT 1 Pull over to a safe location and turn ON the vehicle s Hazard Warning flashers 2 Verify that the valve stem on the wheel with the deflated tire is in a position that is near to the ground This will allow the TIREFIT Hoses 6 and 7 to reach the valve stem and keep the TIREFIT kit flat on the ground This will provide the best positioning of the kit when JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og injecting the sealant into the deflated tire and running the air pump Move the
178. e oil and engine oil Q Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tt filter tt Rotate tires Rotate tires Q If using your vehicle for any of the Q Change the manual transmission fluid if following Dusty or off road conditions Inspect the engine air cleaner filter replace if necessary Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Replace the air conditioning filter using your vehicle for any of the following trailer towing snow plowing heavy loading taxi police delivery service commercial service off road desert operation or more than 5096 of your driving is at sustained speeds during hot weather above 90 F 32 C Odometer Reading Date Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 230 PAGE POSITION 232 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum 60 000 Miles 96 000 km or 96 Months Maintenance Service Schedule C Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Rotate tires Replace the engine air cleaner filter Replace the spark plugs Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Replace the air conditioning filter Inspect the CV joints Inspect exhaust system
179. e plugged in draw power from the vehicle s battery even when not in use i e cellular phones etc Eventually if plugged in long enough the vehicle s battery will discharge sufficiently to degrade battery life and or prevent the engine from starting e Accessories that draw higher power i e coolers vacuum cleaners lights etc will degrade the battery even more quickly Only use these intermittently and with greater caution e After the use of high power draw accesso ries or long periods of the vehicle not being started with accessories still plugged in the vehicle must be driven a sufficient length of time to allow the generator to recharge the vehicle s battery pubnum CUPHOLDERS Your vehicle is equipped with four cupholders There are two cupholders located in the front Front Cupholders There are two cupholders behind the center console for rear passengers PAGE POSITION 99 Rear Cupholders CONSOLE FEATURES The floor console contains both an upper and lower storage compartment Upper Storage Compartment JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og To open the upper storage compartment push inward on the upper handle to unlatch the upper lid and lift the lid open Upper Storage Compartment 97 pubnum PAGE POSITION 100 To open the lower storage compartment lift upward on the lower handle to unlatch the l
180. e read the Automatic Temperature Control Operation Chart that follows for de tails pubnum Automatic Temperature Control Operation The system will Air Temperature Air Recirculation Operation How Blower Control Mode Control Control Control A C Operation Full Automatic Operation Set blower knob to Automatic Automatic Automatic Automatic but can Automatic Auto Set mode knob be overridden to Auto Set temperature knobs for comfort Blower Preferred Automatic Set blower knob to any User selectable Automatic Automatic Automatic but can Automatic desired airflow level other to any speed be overridden than Auto Set mode knob to Auto Set temperature knobs for comfort Mode Preferred Automatic Set mode knob to any desired Automatic User selectable Automatic User selectable User selectable air delivery point other than to any air outside or A C on or off Auto Set blower knob to delivery point recirculated Auto Set temperature knobs for comfort Blower and Mode Set blower knob to any User selectable User selectable Automatic User selectable User selectable Preferred Automatic PAGE POSITION 131 desired airflow level other than Auto Set mode knob to any desired air delivery point other than Auto Set temperature knobs for comfort to any speed to any air delivery point outside or recirculated JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owne
181. e rear axle of the vehicle e The tongue weight of the trailer e The weight of any other type of cargo or equipment put in or on your vehicle e The weight of the driver and all passengers NOTE Remember that everything put into or on the trailer adds to the load on your vehicle Also additional factory installed options or dealer installed options must be consid ered as part of the total load on your vehicle Refer to the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the drivers door pillar 170 for the maximum combined weight of occu pants and cargo for your vehicle Towing Requirements To promote proper break in of your new vehicle drivetrain components the following guidelines are recommended CAUTION Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles 805 km the new vehicle is driven The engine axle or other parts could be damaged e Then during the first 500 miles 805 km that a trailer is towed do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of the vehicle wear in at the heavier loads WARNING Improper towing can lead to an injury acci dent Follow these guidelines to make your trailer towing as safe as possible Continued JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING Continued e Make certain that the load is secured in the trailer
182. e vehicle In a sudden stop or collision it could strike the occupants or seatbacks and cause serious personal in jury Buckle the child into the seat according to the child restraint manufacturer s directions When your child restraint is not in use se cure it in the vehicle with the seat belt or remove it from the vehicle Don t leave it loose in the vehicle In a sudden stop or collision it could strike the occupants or seat backs and cause serious personal injury 44 PAGE POSITION 46 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum Installing Child Restraints Using the Vehicle Seat Belts The seat belts in the passenger seating posi tions are equipped with either an Automatic Locking Retractor ALR or a cinching latch plate or both Both types of seatbelts are de signed to keep the lap portion of the seat belt tight around the child restraint so that it is not necessary to use a locking clip The ALR will make a ratcheting noise if you extract the entire belt from the retractor and then allow the belt to retract into the retractor For additional informa tion on ALR refer to Automatic Locking Mode To install a child restraint first pull enough of the seat belt webbing from the retractor to route itthrough the belt path of the child restraint and slide the latch plate into the buckle Next extract all the seat belt webbing out of the retractor and then a
183. eading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer PAGE POSITION 243 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og 241 pubnum COOL 120 000 Miles 200 000 km or 48 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Rotate tires Replace engine air cleaner filter Replace fuel filter Inspect the brake linings Replace the air conditioning filter if equipped Change manual transmission fluid Inspect the CV joints Inspect the exhaust system Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 242 PAGE POSITION 244 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum PAGE POSITION 245 9 IF YOU NEED CONSUMER ASSISTANCE e IF YOU NEED ASSISTANCE ARGENTINA ASI AUSTRALIA ee tene BALANCE OF THE CARIBBEAN SIBELGIUM SR M Mea ey nae e ucc uM S BRAZI S o ea BULGARIA SCHIE ACHINAR rete ar re COLOMBIA IU COSTARICA Ge t
184. ecall features when the transmission is in PARK automatic transmission or the vehicle is stopped manual transmission pubnum Press and release the EVIC button until Per sonal Settings is displayed in the EVIC Use the EVIC button to display one of the following choices Language When in this display you may select different languages for all display nomenclature includ ing the trip functions Pressing the EVIC button while in this display selects English Espanol Deutsch Italiano Francais or NL depending on availability As you continue the displayed infor mation will be shown in the selected language NOTE Uconnect language will not change using the EVIC Please refer to Language Selec tion in Uconnect Phone If Equipped for details Lock Doors Automatically at 15 MPH 24 km h When ON is selected all doors lock automati cally when the speed of the vehicle reaches 15 mph 24 km h Press and hold the EVIC button when in this display until ON or OFF appears to make your selection PAGE POSITION 119 Auto Unlock On Exit When ON is selected all the vehicle s doors will unlock when the driver s door is opened if the vehicle is stopped manual transmission or the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the PARK or NEUTRAL position automatic transmission Press and hold the EVIC button when in this display until ON or OFF ap pears to make your selection Remote
185. ed Rotate the center portion of the lever up to increase the brightness of the instrument panel ights when the parking lights or headlights are on Rotate the center portion of the lever upward to he next detent position to brighten the odom eter and radio when the parking lights or head ights are on Rotate the center portion of the lever upward to he last detent to turn on the interior lighting 031407686 Dimmer Control pubnum Headlight Leveling System If Equipped This system allows the driver to maintain proper headlight beam position with the road surface regardless of vehicle load The headlight leveling switch is located on the instrument panel below the radio 81920c87 Headlight Leveling Switch A To operate push the headlight lev 1 ZD eling switch until the appropriate 2 number which corresponds to the 3 load listed on the following chart illuminates on the switch 0 Driver only or driver and front passenger 1 All seating positions occupied PAGE POSITION 91 2 All seating positions occupied plus an evenly distributed load in the luggage compartment The total weight of pas sengers and load does not exceed the maximum load ca pacity of the vehicle 3 Driver plus an evenly distributed load in the luggage compart ment The total weight of the driver and load does not exceed the maximum load capacity of the vehicle Calc
186. ed o a particular area of the side of the vehicle he ORC may deploy the SABIC airbags de pending on severity and type of collision In hese events the ORC will deploy the SABIC only on the impact side of the vehicle A quantity of non toxic gas is generated to inflate the side curtain airbag The inflating side curtain airbag pushes the outside edge of the headliner out of the way and covers the win dow The airbag inflates in about 30 ms about one quarter of the time that it takes to blink your eyes with enough force to injure you if you are not belted and seated properly or if items are positioned in the area where the side curtain airbag inflates This especially applies to chil dren The side curtain airbag is only about 3 1 2 in 9 cm thick when it is inflated Because airbag sensors estimate deceleration over time vehicle speed and damage are not good indicators of whether or not an airbag should have deployed 40 NOTE In a rollover the pretensioners and or SABIC airbags may deploy on both sides of the vehicle Front and Side Impact Sensors In front and side impacts impact sensors can aid the ORC in determining appropriate re sponse to impact events Additional sensors in the ORC determine the level of airbag deploy ment and provide verification Enhanced Accident Response System In the event of an impact causing airbag de ployment if the communication network re mains intact and the power r
187. eds may cause damage or even failure of the axle and tires A tire could explode and injure someone Do not spin your vehicle s wheels faster than 30 mph 48 km h or for longer than 30 sec onds continuously without stopping when you are stuck and do not let anyone near a spinning wheel no matter what the speed TOW EYE Your vehicle is equipped with a tow eye that can be used to rescue your vehicle should it become stranded off road JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 061409191 Tow Eye CAUTION Tow eyes are for emergency use only to rescue a vehicle stranded off road Do not use tow eyes for tow truck hookup or highway towing You could damage your vehicle Tow straps are recommended when towing the vehicle chains may cause vehicle damage 191 pubnum PAGE POSITION 194 WARNING Stand clear of vehicles when pulling with tow eyes Tow straps and chains may break caus ing serious injury Front Tow Eye Usage The front tow eye receptacle is located on the lower right side of the front fascia To install the tow eye remove the rubber plug and thread the tow eye into the receptacle Insert the flat end of the jack handle through the eye and tighten refer to Jacking and Tire Changing in Section 6 for information The tow hook must be fully seated to the attaching bracket through the lower front fascia as shown If the tow h
188. eel spin of each of the driven wheels If wheel spin is detected brake pressure is applied to the slipping wheel s and engine power is reduced 151 pubnum PAGE POSITION 154 to provide enhanced acceleration and stability A feature of the TCS system functions similar to a limited slip differential and controls the wheel Spin across a driven axle If one wheel on a driven axle is spinning faster than the other the system will apply the brake of the spinning wheel This will allow more engine torque to be applied to the wheel that is not spinning This feature remains active even if TCS and ESC are in the Partial Off mode Refer to Electronic Stability Control ESC in this section of this manual Hill Start Assist HSA Manual Transmission Only The HSA system is designed to assist the driver when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill HSA will maintain the level of brake pressure he driver applied for a short period of time after he driver takes their foot off of the brake pedal f the driver does not apply the throttle during his short period of time the system will release brake pressure and the vehicle will roll down he hill The system will release brake pressure in proportion to amount of throttle applied as he vehicle starts to move in the intended direction of travel 152 HSA Activation Criteria The following criteria must be met in order for HSA to activate e Vehicle must be stopped e
189. ehicles can be towed with the front wheels elevated e FWD or AWD vehicles can be towed on a flatbed truck all wheels off the ground PAGE POSITION 195 All Transaxles If it is necessary to use the accessories while being towed wipers defrosters etc the key must be in the ON position not the ACC position Make certain the transmission re mains in NEUTRAL CAUTION e Ifthe vehicle being towed requires steering the ignition switch must be in the ACC position not in the LOCK position e Do not attempt to use sling type equipment when towing When securing the vehicle to a flatbed truck do not attach to front or rear suspension components Damage to your vehicle may result from improper towing JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og Without The Ignition Key Special care must be taken when the vehicle is towed with the ignition in the LOCK position A dolly should be used under the front wheels if the rear wheels are raised Proper towing equipment is necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle Battery power is required to release the brake transmission interlock system automatic trans mission only There is a removable plug in the right side of the shift lever housing that allows you to insert your finger to override the system The ignition key must be in the ON position to use the override lever 193 pubnum 194 PAGE POSITION 196 J
190. elease the bar once the seat is in the position desired Then using body pressure move forward and rearward on the seat to be sure that the seat adjusters have latched 030907665 Front Seat Adjustment 80 WARNING Adjusting a seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous The sudden movement of the seat could cause you to lose control The seat belt might not be properly adjusted and you could be injured Adjust the seat only while the vehicle is parked Manual Seat Height Adjustment If Equipped The driver s seat height can be raised or low ered by using the handle on the outboard side of the seat to adjust the driving position 030907660 Seat Height Adjustment JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Manual Lumbar If Equipped The lumbar adjustment handle is located on the outboard side of the driver s seat To increase or decrease support rotate the handle up or down 030907661 Lumbar Adjustment Driver s Seatback Recline To recline 1 Lean forward before lifting the handle then lean back to the desired position and release the handle 2 Lift the handle to return the seatback to an upright position pubnum Reclining Seat Power Seat Switch CAUTION DO NOT place any article under a power seat or impede its ability to move as it may cause damage to the seat controls Seat travel may become limited if movemen
191. elts throughout their pregnancy Keeping the mother safe is the best way to keep the baby safe Pregnant women should wear the lap part of the belt across the thighs and as snug across the hips as possible Keep the belt low so that it does not come across the abdomen That way the strong bones of the hips will take the force if there is a collision Supplemental Restraint System SRS Airbags This vehicle has airbags for both the driver and front passenger as a supplement to the seat belt restraint systems The driver s front airbag is mounted in the center of the steering wheel The passenger s front airbag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove compart ment The words SRS AIRBAG are embossed on the airbag covers JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 022608826 Airbag and Knee Bolster Location 1 Driver and Pas 2 Knee Bolsters senger Airbags NOTE These airbags are certified to regulations for Advanced Airbags The Advanced Front Airbags have a multistage inflator design This allows the airbag to have different rates of inflation that are based on the severity and type of collision This vehicle may be equipped with Supple mental Side Airbag Inflatable Curtains SABIC to protect the driver front and rear passengers sitting next to a window If the vehicle is pubnum equipped with SABIC airbags they are located above the
192. emains intact depending on the nature of the event the ORC will determine whether to have the Enhanced Accident Response System perform the follow ing functions e Cut off fuel to the engine e Flash hazard lights as long as the battery has power or until the ignition key is turned off JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og e Turn on the interior lights which remain on as long as the battery has power or until the ignition key is removed e Unlock the doors automatically If a Deployment Occurs The airbags are designed to deflate immedi ately after deployment NOTE Front and or side airbags will not deploy in all collisions This does not mean some thing is wrong with the airbag system If you do have a collision which deploys the airbags any or all of the following may occur e The nylon airbag material may sometimes cause abrasions and or skin reddening to the driver and front passenger as the air bags deploy and unfold The abrasions are similar to friction rope burns or those you might get sliding along a carpet or gymna sium floor They are not caused by contact with chemicals They are not permanent and normally heal quickly However if you pubnum haven t healed significantly within a few days or if you have any blistering see your doctor immediately As the airbags deflate you may see some smoke like particles The particles are a nor
193. en at high speeds maintain ing correct tire inflation pressure is very impor tant Increased tire pressure and reduced ve hicle loading may be required for high speed vehicle operation Refer to original equipment or an authorized tire dealer for recommended safe operating speeds loading and cold tire inflation pressures 156 WARNING High speed driving with your vehicle under maximum load is dangerous The added strain on your tires could cause them to fail You could have a serious accident Do not drive a vehicle loaded to the maximum capac ity at continuous speeds above 75 mph 120 km h Radial Ply Tires WARNING Combining radial ply tires with other types of tires on your vehicle will cause your vehicle to handle poorly The instability could cause an accident Always use radial ply tires in sets of four Never combine them with other types of tires Cuts and punctures in radial tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your authorized tire dealer for radial tire repairs JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Compact Spare Tire If Equipped The compact spare is for temporary emer gency use with radial tires It is engineered to be used on your style vehicle only Since this ire has limited tread life the original tire should be repaired or replaced and reinstalled at the first opportunity WARNING e
194. en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum PAGE POSITION 248 IF YOU NEED ASSISTANCE The manufacturer distributors are vitally inter ested in your satisfaction with their products and services If a servicing problem or other difficulty should occur we recommend that you take the following steps Discuss the problem at the authorized dealer with the dealer principal or the service man ager Management personnel at the authorized dealer are in the best position to resolve the problem quickly When you contact the distributor please provide all of the following information e Your name address and phone number e Vehicle Identification Number this 17 digit number is found on an etched plate or label located on the left front corner of the instru ment panel visible through the windshield It is also available from your vehicle registra tion or title e Selling and servicing authorized dealer e Vehicle s delivery date and current odometer distance 246 e Service history of your vehicle e An accurate description of the problem and the conditions under which it occurs ARGENTINA Chrysler Argentina S A Boulevard Azucena Villaflor 435 C1107CII Buenos Aires Argentina Tel 54 11 4891 7900 Fax 54 11 4891 7901 AUSTRALIA Chrysler Australia Pacific Pty Ltd ACN 004 411 410 Chrysler Vehicle Division P O Box 4214 Mulgrave 3170 Ph 03 9566 9266 AUSTRIA Chrysler Austria Gesellschaft m b
195. ent ere CROATIA ee CZECH REPUBLIC aa aaa DENMARK Source JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 244 PAGE POSITION 246 e DOMINICAN REPUBLIC E TE CESTONA ANAND E E E E E E E e FRANCE oo rosaa aa e oea out ces e GERMANY e GRAND DUCHY OF LUXEMBOURG 01 G RE EG Er s ACUATEMACA er HONDURAS Rei a EEE EEEN HUNGARY SIREPANDI OWNS rcr DIT CIMA Tr Tr TT NETHERLANDS EEE ANEWIZEALA N Dre TT NORWAY ee nnn ononoon e PARAGUAY OS Tr JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum POLAND ETE ee 250 APORTA 250 e PUERTO RICO AND US VIRGIN ISLANDS 250 ROMAN 250 e RUSSIA o ee se eee 250 e SLOVENIA lt c ee alas este a mue 250 SPAIN 250 SWEDEN 257529522 002002000 00200 250 251 TAIWAN 251 AUREA 251 E E 251 e UNITED KINGDOM 251 URUGUAY oo 251 VENEZUELA T T 251 245 PAGE POSITION 247 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748
196. ent in the future pubnum CAUTION e Failure to properly maintain your vehicle or perform repairs and service when neces sary could result in more costly repairs damage to other components or negatively impact vehicle performance Immediately have potential malfunctions examined by an authorized dealership or qualified repair center e Your vehicle has been built with improved fluids that protect the performance and durability of your vehicle and also allow extended maintenance intervals Do not use chemical flushes in these components as the chemicals can damage your engine transmission power steering or air condi tioning Such damage is not covered by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty If a flush is needed because of component malfunc tion use only the specified fluid for the flushing procedure Engine Oil Checking the oil while the vehicle is on level Checking Oil Level ground and only when the engine is hot will A improve the accuracy of the oil level readings To assure proper engine lubrication the engine Maintain the oil level between the range mark oil must be maintained at the correct level 2 ings on the dipstick The range markings will 2 level at regular intervals such as consist of a crosshatch zone that says SAFE or every MEL SIOD a crosshatch zone that says MIN at the low end is of the range and MAX at the high end of the The best time to check the engine oil leve about f
197. entries if they are already connected to any system via Bluetooth and you may see a message on the phone display that the Bluetooth link is busy In this case JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og the user must first disconnect or drop the Bluetooth connection to the Uconnect Phone and then send the address book entry via Bluetooth Please see your phone Owners Manual for specific in structions on how to drop the Bluetooth connection e If the phonebook entry is longer than 24 characters it will only use the first 24 characters Edit Uconnect Phonebook Entries Editing names in the phonebook is recom mended when the vehicle is not in motion Automatic downloaded phonebook entries cannot be deleted or edited Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Phonebook Edit You will then be asked for the name of the phonebook entry that you wish to edit e Next choose the number designation home work cellular or pager that you wish to edit pubnum e When prompted recite the new phone num ber for the phonebook entry that you are editing After you are finished editing an entry in the phonebook you will be given the opportunity to edit another entry in the phonebook call the number you just edited or return to the main menu Phonebook Edit can be used to add another phone number to a nam
198. eployed airbag and or pre tensioner must be replaced immediately Supplemental Rear Impact Active Head Restraints AHR These head restraints are passive deployable components and vehicles with this equipment can not be readily identified by any markings only through visual inspection of the head re straint The head restraint will be split in two halves with the front half being soft foam and trim the back half being decorative plastic 31 pubnum PAGE POSITION 34 How the Active Head Restraints AHR Work The Occupant Restraint Controller ORC de termines whether the severity or type of rear impact require the Active Head Restraints AHR to deploy In case of AHR deployment both driver and front passenger seat AHR s will be deployed When AHR s deploy during a rear impact the head restraint front half extends forward to minimize the gap between the back of the head and the AHR This system is designed to help prevent or reduce the extent of injuries the driver and front passenger in certain types of rear end impacts NOTE The Active Head Restraints AHR may or may not deploy in the event of a front or side impact However if during a front impact a secondary rear impact occurs the AHR may deploy based on the severity and type of the impact 32 A 022607508 Active Head Restraint AHR Components 3 Head Restraint Back Half Decorative 1 Head Restraint Front Half Soft Foam
199. er Replace fuel filter Inspect the brake linings Replace the air conditioning filter if equipped Inspect the CV joints Inspect the exhaust system Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 45 000 Miles 75 000 km or 18 Months Maintenance Service Schedule 1 Change the engine oil and engine oil filter J Rotate tires 1 If using your vehicle in dusty or off road conditions inspect the engine air cleaner filter and replace if necessary Change manual transmission fluid Inspect the brake linings Replace the air conditioning filter if equipped Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 239 PAGE POSITION 241 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 60 000 Miles 100 000 km or 75 000 Miles 125 000 km or 30 Months Maintenance Service 24 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Schedule 1 Change the engine oil and engine oil filter 21 Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Rotate tires Rotate tires Q If using your vehicle in dusty or off road conditions inspect the engine air cleaner filter and 1
200. er GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 6 Charging System Light This light shows the status of the elec trical charging system The light should come on when the ignition Switch is first turned ON and remain on briefly as a bulb check If the light stays on or comes on while driving turn off some of the vehicle s non essential electrical devices or increase en gine speed if at idle If the charging system light remains on it means that the vehicle is experiencing a problem with the charging sys tem Obtain SERVICE IMMEDIATELY See an authorized dealer If jump starting is required refer to Jump Starting Procedures in What To Do In Emer gencies 7 Airbag Warning Light This light turns on and remains on o for seven seconds as a bulb check ry when the ignition switch is first turned ON If the light is not on during starting stays on or turns on while driving have the system inspected by an authorized dealer as soon as 107 pubnum PAGE POSITION 110 possible Refer to Occupant Restraints in Things To Know Before Starting Your Vehicle for further information 8 Seat Belt Reminder Light When the ignition switch is first turned A ON this light will turn on for five to eight seconds as a bulb check During the bulb check if the driver s seat belt is unbuckled a chime will sound After the bulb check or when driving if the driver s seat belt remains unbuckled the Seat
201. ers for each phonebook entry if de sired e When prompted recite the phone number for the phonebook entry that you are adding JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og After you are finished adding an entry into the phonebook you will be given the opportunity to add more phone numbers to the current entry or to return to the main menu The Uconnect Phone will allow you to enter up to 32 names in the phonebook with each name having up to four associated phone numbers and designations Each language has a separate 32 name phonebook accessible only in that language In addition if equipped and supported by your phone Uconnect Phone automaticaly downloads cellular phone s phonebook Phonebook Download Automatic Phonebook transfer from Cellular Phone If equipped and specifically supported by your phone Uconnect Phone automatically down loads names text names and number entries from the cellular phone s phonebook Specific Bluetooth Phones with Phone Book Access Profile may support this feature See Uconnect website for supported phones e To call a name from downloaded or Uconnect Phonebook follow the proce dure in Call by Saying a Name section 63 pubnum 64 PAGE POSITION 66 Automatic download and update if sup ported begins as soon as the phone Bluetooth wireless connection is made to the Uconnect Phone For example after you
202. esir able upshifts and downshifts and improve overall vehicle performance This system can also provide you with more control during pass ing city driving cold slippery conditions mountain driving trailer towing and many other situations Automatic ratio changes up ward will only occur to protect the Continuously Variable Automatic Transaxle CVT and or the engine from overspeed Changes down will only happen at minimum engine speed to pre vent stalling 144 Operation NOTE AutoStick is not functional until the CVT warms up in cold weather AutoStick operation is activated in the DRIVE position by moving the shift lever side to side oving the shift lever to the side will acti vate AutoStick and shift up to the next higher manual ratio unless you are already operating in or near Overdrive in which case sixth gear ratio will be selected In like manner moving he shift lever to will activate AutoStick9 and shift to the next lower manual ratio After AutoStick is activated the manual ratio se ected is displayed in the transmission ratio display and tipping the shift lever to the or direction will cause an upshift or downshift by one ratio AutoStick is deactivated By holding the shift lever to momentarily e When the shift lever is shifted out of DRIVE e When in sixth position touching the shift lever to the right JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748
203. essor Then move the temperature control to the desired temperature JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og Automatic Temperature Control ATC If Equipped The Automatic Temperature Control system au tomatically maintains the climate in the cabin of the vehicle at the comfort levels desired by the driver and passenger 045607777 Automatic Temperature Control Automatic Operation Operation of the system is quite simple 1 Turn the Mode Control knob on the right and the Blower Control knob on the left to AUTO 127 pubnum PAGE POSITION 130 NOTE The AUTO position performs best for front seat occupants only 2 Dial in the tempera ture you would like the System to maintain by rotating the Tempera ture Control knob Once the comfort level is se lected the system will maintain that level auto maticaly using the heating system Should the desired comfort level require air condition ing the system will automatically make the adjustment You will experience the greatest efficiency by simply allowing the system to function auto matically Selecting the O OFF position on the blower control stops the system completely and closes the outside air intake The recommended setting for maximum com fort for the average person is 22 C 72 F however this may vary 128 NOTE e The temperature setting can be adjusted at anytime
204. f the level in the coolant recovery bottle does not drop when the engine cools the cooling system should be pressure tested for leaks e Maintain engine coolant antifreeze concen tration at 50 HOAT engine coolant anti freeze minimum and distilled water for proper corrosion protection of your engine which contains aluminum components e Make sure that the radiator and coolant recovery bottle overflow hoses are not kinked or obstructed e Keep the front of the radiator clean If your vehicle is equipped with air conditioning keep the front of the condenser clean Do not change the thermostat for Summer or Winter operation If replacement is ever nec essary install ONLY the correct type thermo stat Other designs may result in unsatisfac tory engine coolant antifreeze performance poor gas mileage and in creased emissions 210 Brake System In order to assure brake system performance all brake system components should be in spected periodically Refer to Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance inter vals WARNING Riding the brakes can lead to brake failure and possibly an accident Driving with your foot resting or riding on the brake pedal can result in abnormally high brake temperatures excessive lining wear and possible brake damage You would not have your full braking capacity in an emergency Brake Master Cylinder The fluid level in the master cylinder should be checked when
205. g out o fuel turn the ignition key to the Accessories position approximately eight seconds prior to cranking the engine Several attempts o 10 second crank times may be required pubnum MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED WARNING You or others could be injured if you leave the vehicle unattended without having the parking brake fully applied The parking brake should always be applied when the driver is not in the vehicle especially on an incline Fully press the clutch pedal before you shift gears As you release the clutch pedal lightly press the accelerator pedal 80f7bc4b Shift Pattern Five Speed PAGE POSITION 143 8191bf86 Shift Pattern Six Speed Use each gear in numerical order do not skip a gear Be sure the transaxle is in first gear not third when starting from a standing position Damage to the clutch can result from starting in third gear For most city driving you will find it easier to use only the lower gears For steady highway driv ing with light accelerations fifth gear on a five speed and sixth on a six speed is recom mended Never drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal or try to hold the vehicle on a hill with the clutch pedal partially engaged This will cause abnormal wear on the clutch JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og To shift into REVERSE with a six speed pull up on the ring just below t
206. gauge pointer will likely indicate a higher temperature when driving in hot weather up mountain grades or when towing a trailer It should not be allowed to exceed the upper imits of the normal operating range CAUTION Driving with a hot engine cooling system could damage your vehicle If temperature gauge reads H pull over and stop the vehicle Idle the vehicle with the air conditioner turned off until the pointer drops back into the normal range If the pointer remains on the H and you hear continuous chimes turn the engine off immediately and call an authorized deal ership for service PAGE POSITION 109 WARNING A hot engine cooling system is dangerous You or others could be badly burned by steam or boiling coolant You may want to call an authorized dealership for service if your ve hicle overheats If you decide to look under the hood yourself see Maintaining Your Ve hicle Follow the warnings under the Cooling System Pressure Cap paragraph 2 Fuel Door Reminder This indicates that the Fuel Filler Door is located on the left side of the vehicle 3 Fuel Gauge When the ignition switch is in the ON position the pointer will show the level of fuel remaining in the fuel tank 4 Speedometer Indicates vehicle speed 5 Low Fuel Light When the fuel level reaches approxi mately 2 0 gal 7 8 L this light will turn on and remain on until fuel is added JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysl
207. he gear shift knob and then move into the REVERSE R position Never shift into REVERSE until the vehicle has come to a complete stop NOTE During cold weather until the transaxle lu bricant is warm you may experience slightly higher shift efforts This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle Downshifting Proper downshifting will improve fuel economy and prolong engine life CAUTION If you skip a gear while downshifting or down shift at too high a vehicle speed you could damage the engine transaxle or clutch To maintain a safe speed and prolong brake ife shift down to second or first when descend ing a steep grade 141 pubnum PAGE POSITION 144 When turning a corner or driving up a steep grade downshift early so that the engine will not be overburdened AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION IF EQUIPPED NOTE The Continuously Variable Automatic Trans mission CVT changes ratios in a continu ous manner This may sometimes feel as if itis slipping but this is normal and does not harm anything CAUTION Damage to the transmission may occur if the following precautions are not observed e Shift into PARK only after the vehicle has come to a complete stop e Shift into or out of REVERSE only after the vehicle has come to a complete stop and the engine is at idle speed e Do not shift from REVERSE PARK or NEUTRAL into any forward gear when the engine is above idle speed
208. he restraint using the vehicle seat belts WARNING An incorrectly anchored tether strap could lead to increased head motion and possible injury to the child Use only the anchor posi tion directly behind the child seat to secure a child restraint top tether strap Transporting Pets Airbags deploying in the front seat could harm your pet An unrestrained pet will be thrown about and possibly injured or injure a passen ger during panic braking or in a collision Pets should be restrained in the rear seat in pet harnesses or pet carriers that are secured by seat belts 49 pubnum PAGE POSITION 52 ENGINE BREAK IN RECOMMENDATIONS A long break in period is not required for the engine and drivetrain transmission and axle in your vehicle Drive moderately during the first 300 miles 500 km After the initial 60 miles 100 km speeds up to 50 or 55 mph 80 or 90 km h are desirable While cruising brief full throttle acceleration within the limits of local traffic laws contributes to a good break in Wide open throttle accel eration in low gear can be detrimental and should be avoided The engine oil installed in the engine at the factory is a high quality energy conserving type lubricant Oil changes should be consistent with anticipated climate conditions under which vehicle operations will occur For the recommended viscosity and quality grades re fer to Maintenance Procedures in Maintai
209. he trunk liftgate closed when driving your vehicle to prevent carbon monoxide and other poisonous exhaust gases from entering the vehicle FUEL REQUIREMENTS DIESEL ENGINES Use Premium Quality Diesel fuels with a Cetane rating of 50 or higher below 15 ppm sulphur and meeting the EN590 standard are highly recommended See your authorized dealer for further information regarding fuels available in your area ADDING FUEL Locking Fuel Filler Cap Gas Cap The locking gas cap is behind the fuel filler door on the left side of the vehicle If the gas cap is lost or damaged be sure the replace ment cap is for use with this vehicle 1 Turn off the engine 165 pubnum PAGE POSITION 168 2 Insert the ignition key into the fuel cap and turn the key one quarter turn to the right then rotate the fuel cap to the left to remove 3 After removing the gas cap place the gas cap tether cable over a hook on the inside of the fuel door This keeps the gas cap sus pended away from and protects the vehicle s surface 81bbf804 Fuel Filler Door 4 Rotate the ignition key back to the left to remove 166 5 To replace the cap insert it into the filler neck and tighten to the right until at least three clicks are heard CAUTION e Damage to the fuel system or emission control system could result from using an improper fuel tank filler tube cap gas cap e A poorly fitting gas cap could let impur
210. hen choose the phone that you wish to select e The selected phone will be used for the next phone call If the selected phone is not available the Uconnect Phone will return to using the highest priority phone present in or near approximately within 30 ft 9 m the vehicle pubnum Delete Uconnect Phone Paired Cellular Phones e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Setup Phone Pairing e At the next prompt say Delete and follow the prompts e You can also press the button at time while the list is being played and then choose the phone you wish to delete Things You Should Know About Your Uconnect Phone Uconnect Phone Tutorial To hear a brief tutorial of the Uconnect Phone features press the A button and say Uconnect Tutorial Voice Training For users experiencing difficulty with the Uconnect Phone recognizing their voice commands or numbers the Uconnect Phone Voice Training feature may be used To enter this training mode follow one of the two follow ing procedures PAGE POSITION 73 From outside the Uconnect Phone mode e g from radio mode e Press and hold the 4 button for five seconds until the session begins or e Press the button and say the Setup Voice Training command Repeat the words and phrases when prompted by the Uconnect M Phone For best results the Voice Tr
211. high speed wiper operation 031507503 Wiper Control Intermittent Wiper System Use the intermittent wiper when weather con ditions make a single wiping cycle with a variable pause between cycles desirable Se ect the delay interval by turning the end of the ever Rotate the end of the lever upward clockwise to decrease the delay time and downward counterclockwise to increase the delay time The delay can be regulated from a maximum of approximately 18 seconds be ween cycles to a cycle every second JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og NOTE The wiper delay times depend on vehicle speed If the vehicle is moving less than 10 mph 16 km h delay times will be doubled Windshield Washers To use the washer pull the control lever toward you and hold while spray is desired If the lever is pulled while in the delay range the wiper will operate in low speed for two wipe cycles after he lever is released and then resume the intermittent interval previously selected f the lever is pulled while in the off position the wipers will operate for two wipe cycles then urn off WARNING Sudden loss of visibility through the wind shield could lead to an accident You might not see other vehicles or other obstacles To avoid sudden icing of the windshield during freezing weather warm the windshield with the de froster before and during windshield washer use
212. hrysler Jeep Import d d Leskoskova 2 1122 Ljubljana Tel 01 5843 138 Fax 01 5843 222 SPAIN Chrysler Espafia S L Dpto De Atenci n al Cliente Chrysler Jeep y Dodge Apdo De Correos 24 19200 Azuqueca de Henares Guadalajara Tel 902 888 782 Fax 913 496 529 SWEDEN Chrysler Sverige Bronsyxegatan 14 Box 50530 S 202 50 Malm Tel 46 0 8 752 9858 Fax 46 0 8 752 6483 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum SWITZERLAND Chrysler Switzerland GmbH Bernstrasse 55 CH 8952 Schlieren Tel e German 0800 80 29 20 e French 0800 80 29 21 e Italian 0800 80 29 22 Telefax 41 0 44 755 64 00 TAIWAN Chrysler Taiwan Co LTD 13th Floor Union Enterprise Plaza 1109 Min Sheng East Road Section 3 Taipei Taiwan R O C Tel 080081581 Fax 886225471871 TURKEY Chrysler Jeep Tic A S TEM Otoyolu Hadimkoy Cikisi 34900 Buyukcekmece Istanbul Tel 90 212 867 40 00 Fax 90 212 867 44 63 PAGE POSITION 253 UKRAINE JSC AutoCapital Velyka Vasylkivska str 15 01004 Kyiv Tel 38 044 206 8888 Fax 438 044 206 8889 UNITED KINGDOM Chrysler UK Ltd Tongwell Milton Keynes MK15 8BA Tel 01908 301090 Fax 01908 301203 URUGUAY Malunix S A Miguelete 2276 Montevideo Uruguay Tel 598 2 401 7818 Fax 598 2 402 2666 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og VENEZ
213. ibrate the compass To manually calibrate the compass 1 Start the engine and leave the transmission in the PARK position 2 Using a quick button press less than one second press and release the EVIC button several times until the EVIC displays the Per sonal Settings Customer Programmable Fea tures menu 3 Once in the Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features menu press and re lease less than one second the EVIC button several times until Calibrate Compass Yes is displayed 4 Using a long button press more than one second press the EVIC button this will place the Compass in calibration mode The CAL indicator will come on continuously in the EVIC display to indicate that the compass is now in the calibration mode and that the vehicle can now be driven to calibrate JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 5 To complete the compass calibration drive the vehicle in one or more complete 360 degree circle under 5 mph 8 km h in an area free from power lines and large metallic ob jects until the CAL indicator turns off The compass will now function normally NOTE A short EVIC button press from the Cali brate Compass Yes screen will exit the EVIC Customer Programmable Features and return it to its normal operating mode SOUND SYSTEMS Refer to your Sound Systems Booklet UNIVERSAL CONSUMER INTERFACE UCI IF EQUIPPED
214. ic transmission in PARK a manual transmission in REVERSE e Never start or run the engine with the vehicle on a jack e Do not let anyone sit in the vehicle when it is on a jack e Do not get under the vehicle when it is on a jack Continued pubnum WARNING Continued e Only use the jack in the positions indicated and for lifting this vehicle during a tire change e f working on or near a roadway be ex tremely careful of motor traffic e To assure that spare tires flat or inflated are securely stowed spares must be stowed with the valve stem facing the ground e Turn on the Hazard Warning flasher Jack Warning Label 1 Remove the scissors jack and lug wrench from the spare wheel as an assembly Turn the jack screw to the left to loosen the lug wrench and remove the wrench from the jack assembly PAGE POSITION 189 2 Loosen but do not remove the wheel nuts by turning them to the left one turn while the wheel is still on the ground 81816922 Jacking Locations CAUTION Do not attempt to raise the vehicle by jacking on locations other than those indicated in Step 3 3 There are two front jacking locations and two rear jacking locations on each side of the body The front locations are outlined by two triangu ar cutouts the rear ones by two rectangular cutouts For vehicles equipped with plastic JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 20274
215. idge Fuse ity tridge Fuse Fuse Fuse 15 Amp Power Outlet 19 20 Amp PWR Amp 1 amp Lt Blue Yellow Amp 2 Feed 20 Amp Ign Run Acc In 20 15 Amp IOD Feed Radio Yellow verter Lt Blue 20 Amp Pwr Run Acc 21 10 Amp IOD Feed Intrus Yellow Outlet RR Dome Red Mod Siren If Lamp Cigar Equipped Lighter 22 10 Amp IGN RUN Heat 10 Amp IOD CCN Red AC Compass Red Sensor RAD Fan Relay 23 15 Amp ENG ASD Relay Battery Feed Lt Blue Feed 3 15 Amp IGN Run Acc 24 15 Amp Power Sunroof Lt Blue Dome Lamp Lt Blue Feed Sunroof Rear 25 10 Amp Heated Mirror If Wiper Motor ACC Red Equipped Inverter 26 15 Amp ENG ASD Relay IOD Feed Mod Lt Blue Feed 2 Wem 27 10 Amp IGN RUN Only 18 40 Amp ASD Relay Con Red ORC Feed Green tact PWR Feed 28 10 Amp IGN RUN ORC Red OCM Feed JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum Cav Car Mini Description ity tridge Fuse Fuse 29 Hot Car No Fuse Required 30 20 Amp Heated Seat If Yellow Equipped 31 10 Amp Headlamp Red Washer Relay Control If Equipped 32 30 Amp ENG ASD Con Pink trol Feed 1 33 10 Amp ABS MOD J1962 Red Conn PCM 34 30 Amp ABS Valve Feed Pink 35 40 Amp ABS Pump Feed Green 36 30 Amp Headlamp Pink Washer Control Smart Glass If Equipped PAGE POSITION 219 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal
216. ier objects as low and as far forward as possible Continued 99 pubnum PAGE POSITION 102 WARNING Continued e Place as much cargo as possible in front of the rear axle Too much weight or improp erly placed weight over or behind the rear axle can cause the rear of the vehicle to sway Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the top of the seatback This could impair visibility or become a dangerous projectile in a sudden stop or collision e To help protect against personal injury passengers should not be seated in the rear cargo area The rear cargo space is intended for load carrying purposes only not for passengers who should sit in seats and use seat belts Fold Down Speakers If Equipped When the liftgate is open the speakers can swing down off the trim panel to face rearward for tailgating and other activities 100 Fold Down Speakers REAR WINDOW FEATURES Rear Window Wiper Washer The rear wiper washer is controlled by a rotary switch located on the center portion of the control lever The control lever is located on the right side of the steering column JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 031507505 Rear Wiper Washer Control Rotate the center portion of the lever upward to the On position to activate the rear wiper NOTE The rear wiper operates in an intermittent mode only Rotate the center
217. if your vehicle is equipped with a TPMS as damage to the sensors may result 25 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL The Malfunction Indicator Light MIL is part of an onboard diagnostic sys tem called OBD that monitors en gine and automatic transmission con trol systems The light will illuminate when the key is in the ON position before engine start If the bulb does not come on when JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og turning the key from OFF to ON have the condition checked promptly Certain conditions such as a loose or missing gas cap poor fuel quality etc may illuminate he MIL after engine start The vehicle should be serviced if the light stays on through several of your typical driving cycles In most situa ions the vehicle will drive normally and will not require towing CAUTION Prolonged driving with the MIL on could cause damage to the engine control system It also could affect fuel economy and drivability If the MIL is flashing severe catalytic converter damage and power loss will soon occur Im mediate service is required pubnum WARNING A malfunctioning catalytic converter as refer enced above can reach higher temperatures than in normal operating conditions This can cause a fire if you drive slowly or park over flammable substances such as dry plants or wood or cardboard etc This could result in death or ser
218. ill disarm the security alarm an invalid key will allow the engine to run for two seconds then stop NOTE e Battery disconnects will not disarm the security alarm system PAGE POSITION 19 e Using the key in the door lock cylinder will only unlock the deadbolt locks e Once the security alarm is set and the locks are activated the only way to open the doors is with the unlock button on the RKE transmitter using the Sentry Key in the ignition switch or using the key in the door lock cylinder This feature deacti vates the door lock plungers and door handles If the security alarm has been triggered the Vehicle Security Light will flash twice every two seconds Vehicle Security Alarm Manual Override The security alarm will not arm if you lock the doors using the manual door lock plunger REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RKE This system allows you to lock or unlock the doors and liftgate from distances up to approxi mately 33 ft 10 m using a hand held Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter The RKE trans mitter does not need to be pointed at the vehicle to activate the system JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og 81866c27 RKE Transmitter with Integrated Key NOTE The line of transmission must not be blocked with metal objects To Unlock The Doors And Liftgate Press and release the UNLOCK button on the RKE transmitter once to unlock the driver s door o
219. ing the inside rear window equipped with electric defrosters or the right rear quarter window equipped with the radio antenna Do not use scrapers or other sharp instruments which may scratch the elements When cleaning the rearview mirror spray pubnum cleaner on the towel or rag that you are using Do not spray cleaner directly on the mirror Instrument Panel Cover The instrument panel cover has a low glare surface which minimizes reflections on the windshield Do not use protectants or other products which may cause undesirable reflec tions Use soap and warm water to restore the ow glare surface Instrument Panel Bezels CAUTION When installing hanging air fresheners in your vehicle read the installation instructions care fully Some air fresheners will damage the finish of painted or decorated parts if allowed to directly contact any surface Cleaning Plastic Instrument Cluster Lenses The lenses in front of the instruments in this vehicle are molded in clear plastic When cleaning the lenses care must be taken to avoid scratching the plastic PAGE POSITION 217 1 Clean with a wet soft rag A mild soap solution may be used but do not use high alcohol content or abrasive cleaners If soap is used wipe clean with a clean damp rag 2 Dry with a soft cloth Seat Belt Maintenance Do not bleach dye or clean the seat belts with chemical solvents or abrasive cleaners This will weaken the fabri
220. ion TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS will warn the driver of a low tire pressure based on the vehicle recommended cold placard pres sure The tire pressure will vary with temperature by about 1 psi 6 9 kPa for every 12 F 6 5 C This means that when the outside temperature decreases the tire pressure will decrease Tire pressure should always be set based on cold JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og inflation tire pressure This is defined as the tire pressure after the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km after a three hour period The cold tire inflation pressure must not exceed the maximum inflation pressure molded into the tire sidewall Refer to Tires General Information in Starting and Operating for information on how to properly inflate the vehicle s tires The tire pressure will also increase as the vehicle is driven this is normal and there should be no adjustment for this increased pressure The TPMS will warn the driver of a low tire pressure if the tire pressure falls below the low pressure warning limit for any reason in cluding low temperature effects or natural pressure loss through The TPMS will continue he tire to warn the driver of low tire pressure as long as the condition exists and will not turn off until the tire pressure is at
221. ious injury to the driver occupants or others 26 Anti Lock Brake ABS Light This light monitors the Anti Lock Brake System ABS The light wil turn on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and may stay on for as long as four sec onds If the ABS light remains on or turns on while driving it indicates that the Anti Lock portion of the brake system is not functioning and that service is required However the conventional brake system will continue to operate normally if the BRAKE warning light is not on If the ABS light is on the brake system should be serviced as soon as possible to restore the PAGE POSITION 115 benefits of Anti Lock brakes If the ABS light does not turn on when the Ignition switch is turned to the ON position have the light in spected by an authorized dealer 27 Transmission Temperature Warning Light If Equipped During sustained high speed driv ing on hot days the automatic transmission oil may become too hot If this happens the Transmis sion Temperature Warning Light will come on and the vehicle will slow slightly until the automatic transmission cools down enough to allow a return to th requested speed If the high speed is main tained the overheating will reoccur as before i a cyclic fashion CAUTION Continuous driving with the Transmission Temperature Warning Light illuminated will eventually cause severe transmission dam age or tran
222. ire JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 2 If you install the compact spare tire in place of a road tire that has a pressure below the low pressure warning limit upon the next igni tion key cycle a chime will sound and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will still turn ON due to the low tire 3 However after driving the vehicle for up to 20 minutes above 15 mph 25 km h the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will flash on and off for 75 seconds and then remain on solid 4 For each subsequent ignition key cycle a chime will sound and the Tire Pressure Moni toring Telltale Light will flash on and off for 75 seconds and then remain on solid 5 Once you repair or replace the original road tire and reinstall it on the vehicle in place of the compact spare tire the TPMS will update auto matically and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Tell tale Light will turn OFF as long as no tire pressure is below the low pressure warning limit in any of the four active road tires The vehicle may need to be driven for up to 20 min utes above 15 mph 25 km h in order for the TPMS to receive this information 163 pubnum PAGE POSITION 166 FUEL REQUIREMENTS GASOLINE ENGINE All engines are designed to meet all emissions regulations and provide excellent fuel economy and performance when using high quality un leaded gasoline with a minimum research oc tane r
223. is mode you may say the following commands e Track to change the track e Next Track to play the next track e Previous Track to play the previous track e Main Menu to switch to the main menu Memo To switch to the voice recorder mode say Memo In this mode you may say the follow ing commands e New Memo to record a new memo During the recording you may press the Voice Command button to stop re cording You proceed by saying one of the following commands Save to save the memo Continue to continue recording Delete to delete the recording pubnum e Play Memos to play previously recorded memos During the playback you may press the Voice Command vR button to stop playing memos You proceed by saying one of the following commands Repeat to repeat a memo Next to play the next memo Previous to play the previous memo Delete to delete a memo Delete All to delete all memos System Setup To switch to system setup say Setup In this mode you may say the following commands e Language German Language Dutch Language Italian Language English Language French PAGE POSITION 81 e Language Spanish e Tutorial e Voice Training NOTE Keep in mind that you have to press the Voice Command button first and wait for the beep before speaking the Barge In
224. is duty cycle based which means the engine oil change interval may fluctuate dependent upon your personal driv ing style 115 pubnum PAGE POSITION 118 Unless reset this message will continue to display each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON RUN position To turn off the message temporarily press and release the Trip Odom eter button on the instrument cluster To reset the oil change indicator system after perform ing the scheduled maintenance refer to the following procedure 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Do not start the engine 2 Fully depress the accelerator pedal slowly three times within 10 seconds 3 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF LOCK position NOTE If the indicator message illuminates when you start the vehicle the oil change indica tor system did not reset If necessary repeat this procedure Compass Temperature Audio Press and release the EVIC button to display one of eight compass headings to indicate the direction the vehicle is facing the outside tem perature and the current radio station 116 For additional information regarding the com pass refer to Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features Average Fuel Economy Shows the average fuel economy since the last reset When the fuel economy is reset the display will read RESET or show dashes for two seconds The history information will then be erased and the averaging will con
225. is temperature controlled and can start at any time the ignition switch is in the ON position e You or others can be badly burned by hot coolant or steam from your radiator If you see or hear steam coming from under the hood do not open the hood until the radia tor has had time to cool Never try to open a cooling system pressure cap when the radiator is hot Coolant Checks Check engine coolant antifreeze protection every 12 months before the onset of freezing weather where applicable If the engine cool ant antifreeze is dirty or rusty in appearance the system should be drained flushed and refilled with fresh engine coolant antifreeze Check the front of the A C condenser for any JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og accumulation of bugs leaves etc If dirty clean by gently spraying water from a garden hose vertically down the face of the condenser Check the coolant recovery bottle tubing for brittle rubber cracking tears cuts and tight ness of the connection at the bottle and radia tor Inspect the entire system for leaks Cooling System Drain Flush And Refill Refer to Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance intervals If the engine coolant antifreeze is dirty or contains a considerable amount of sediment clean and flush with a reliable cooling system cleaner Follow with a thorough rinsing to re move all deposits and chemicals
226. ities into the fuel system A poorly fitting gas cap may cause the Malfunction Indicator Light to turn on e To avoid fuel spillage and overfilling do not top off the fuel tank after filling When the fuel nozzle clicks or shuts off the fuel tank is full NOTE When the fuel nozzle clicks or shuts off the fuel tank is full JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING e The volatility of some gasoline may cause a buildup of pressure in the fuel tank that may increase while you drive This pressure can result in a spray of gasoline and or vapors when the cap is removed from a hot ve hicle Removing the cap slowly allows the pressure to vent and prevents fuel spray e Remove the fuel cap gas cap slowly to prevent fuel spray from the filler neck which may cause injury e Never have any smoking materials lit in or near the vehicle when the fuel cap is re moved or the tank filled e Never add fuel to the vehicle when the engine is running e Afire may result if gasoline is pumped into a portable container that is inside of a vehicle You could be burned Always place gas containers on the ground while filling pubnum Loose Fuel Filler Cap Message If the vehicle diagnostic system determines that the fuel filler cap is loose or improperly installed a gASCAP message will be dis played in the Odometer Trip Odometer in the instrument
227. itive child Remind all children in the vehicle that the seat belts are not toys and should not be played with and never leave your child un attended in the vehicle Installing the Child Restraint System We urge you to carefully follow the directions of the manufacturer when installing your child restraint Many but not all restraint systems will be equipped with separate straps on each side with each having a hook or connector and a means for adjusting the tension in the PAGE POSITION 51 strap Forward facing toddler restraints and some rearward facing infant restraints will also be equipped with a tether strap with a hook and means for adjusting the tension in the strap In general you will first loosen the adjusters on the lower and tether straps so that you can more easily attach the hook or connector to the lower and tether anchorages The tether strap should be routed under the center of the head restraint and attached to the tether anchor on the rear of the seat back Then tighten all three Straps as you push the child restraint rearward and downward into the seat Rear Seat Tether Anchors JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Not all child restraint systems will be installed as we have described here Again carefully follow the instructions that come with the child restraint system NOTE If your child restraint seat is not LATCH compatible install t
228. ive minutes after a fully warmed engine range Adding one quart of oil when the read is shut off Do not check oil level before starting ing is at the low end of the indicated range will the engine after it has sat overnight Checking result in the oil level at the full end of the engine oil level when the engine is cold will give indicator range you an incorrect reading MAX MIN 81a60a16 Engine Oil Dipstick Diesel Engine Engine Oil Dipstick Gasoline Engine 8 4 qts 0 5 L C Must add oil 0 5 gts 0 5 L 818168a4 201 PAGE POSITION 203 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 204 CAUTION Do not overfill the engine Overfilling the en gine as indicated by the range markings as described above on the engine oil dipstick will cause oil aeration which can lead to loss of oil pressure and an increase in oil temperature This could damage your engine Also be sure the oil fill cap is replaced and tightened after adding oil Change Engine Oil All Engines Refer to Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance intervals Engine Oil Selection Gasoline Engine Non ACEA Categories For best performance and maximum protection under all types of operating conditions the manufacturer only recommends engine oils that are API certified and meet the require ments of Chrysler Material Standard MS 6395
229. ive with each tire inflated to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure Economy mproper inflation pressures can cause uneven wear patterns to develop across the tire tread These abnormal wear patterns will reduce tread life resulting in a need for earlier tire replacement Under inflation also increases tire roling resistance and results in higher fuel consumption Ride Comfort and Vehicle Stability Proper tire inflation contributes to a comfortable ride Over inflation produces a jarring and un comfortable ride PAGE POSITION 157 Tire Inflation Pressures The proper cold tire inflation pressure is listed on the driver s side B Pillar Some vehicles may have Supplemental Tire Pressure Information for vehicle loads that are less than the maximum loaded vehicle condi tion These pressure conditions will be found in the Supplemental Tire Pressure Information section of this manual The pressure should be checked and adjusted as well as inspecting for signs of tire wear or visible damage at least once a month Use a good quality pocket type gauge to check tire pressure Do not make a visual judgement when determining proper inflation Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated CAUTION After inspecting or adjusting the tire pressure always reinstall the valve stem cap This will prevent moisture and dirt from entering the valve stem which could damage the valve stem
230. jury or death Uconnect Phone Button The rearview mirror contains the microphone for the Uconnect Phone depending on the type of mirror and radio equipped and the radio contains the two control buttons that will enable you to ac cess the Uconnect Phone pubnum Voice Command Button Actual button location may vary with radio The individual buttons Ce VR are described in the Operation section The Uconnect Phone can be used with Hands Free Profile certified Bluetooth cellular phones Some phones may not support all the Uconnect Phone features If your cellular phone supports a different profile e g Head set Profile you may not be able to use any Uconnect Phone features Refer to your cel lular service provider or the phone manufac turer for details The Uconnect Phone is fully integrated with the vehicle s audio system The volume of the Uconnect Phone can be adjusted either from the radio volume control knob or from the steering wheel radio control if so equipped The radio display will be used for visual prompts from the Uconnect Phone such as CELL or caller ID on certain radios PAGE POSITION 63 Compatible Phones The Uconnect Phone requires a cellular phone equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Profile version 1 0 or higher See Uconnect website for supported phones e www chrysler com uconnect e www dodge com uconnect e www jeep
231. k Automatic Door Locks If Equipped The doors will lock automatically on vehicles with power door locks if all of the following conditions are met The Auto Lock feature is enabled The transmission is in gear All doors are closed The throttle is pressed The vehicle speed is above 15 mph 24 km h ar N PAGE POSITION 23 6 The doors were not previously locked using the power door lock switch or Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter Automatic Door Locks Programming The Automatic Door Locks feature can be enabled or disabled as follows e For vehicles equipped with the Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC If Equipped Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features in Un derstanding Your Instrument Panel for fur ther information e For vehicles not equipped with the EVIC perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors and place the key in the ignition switch 2 Within 15 seconds cycle the ignition switch between LOCK and ON and then back to LOCK four times ending up in the LOCK posi tion do not start the engine 3 Within 30 seconds press the power door LOCK switch to lock the doors JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og 4 A single chime will indicate the completion of the programming 5 Repeat these steps if you want to return this
232. l Engine 50 Cetane or higher Less than 15 ppm Sulfur 222 PAGE POSITION 224 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum Chassis Component Fluid Lubricant or Genuine Part Automatic Transmission CVT If Equipped MOPAR CVTF 4 Manual Transmission If Equipped MOPAR ATF 4 Automatic Transmission Fluid or equivalent licensed ATF 4 product Brake Master Cylinder MOPAR DOT 3 and SAE J1703 should be used or equivalent If DOT 3 brake fluid is not avail able then DOT 4 is acceptable Use only recommended brake fluids Power Steering Reservoir MOPAR Power Steering Fluid 4 MOPAR ATF 4 Automatic Transmission Fluid or equivalent licensed ATF 4 product 223 PAGE POSITION 225 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 224 PAGE POSITION 226 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 227 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 228 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Maintenance Schedule Gasoline Engine The oil change indicator system will remind you that it is time to take your vehicle in for sched uled maintenance On Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC equipped vehicles Oil Change Re
233. l scroll through the list faster During fast scroll a slight delay in updating the information on the radio dis play may be noticed e During all List modes the iPod displays all lists in wrap around mode So if the track is at the bottom of the list just turn the wheel backwards counter clockwise to get to the track faster pubnum e In List mode the radio PRESET buttons are used as shortcuts to the following lists on the iPod e Preset 1 Playlists e Preset 2 Artists e Preset 3 Albums e Preset 4 Genres e Preset 5 Audiobooks e Preset 6 Podcasts Pressing a PRESET button will display the current list on the top line and the first item in that list on the second line e To Exit List mode without selecting a track press the same PRESET button again to go back to Play mode LIST button The LIST button will display the top level menu of the iPod Turn the TUNE control knob to list the top menu item to be selected and press the TUNE control knob This will display the next sub menu list item on the iPod then follow the same steps to PAGE POSITION 125 go to the desired track in that list Not all iPod sub menu levels are available on this system e MUSIC TYPE button The MUSIC TYPE but ton is another shortcut button to the genre listing on your iPod CAUTION e Leaving the iPod or any supported de vice anywhere in the vehicle in extreme heat or cold can alter the
234. l the liftgate open with one fluid motion e Although the liftgate has no inside re lease mechanism the liftgate trim panel includes an opening with a snap in cap that provides access to release the latch in the event of an electrical system mal function pubnum WARNING Driving with the liftgate open can allow poisonous exhaust gases into your vehicle You and your passengers could be injured by these fumes Keep the liftgate closed when you are operating the vehicle e If you are required to drive with the liftgate open make sure that all windows are closed and the climate control blower switch is set at high speed DO NOT use the recirculation mode Gas props support the liftgate in the open position However because the gas pressure drops with temperature it may be necessary to assist the props when opening the liftgate in cold weather OCCUPANT RESTRAINTS Some of the most important safety features in your vehicle are the restraint systems e Three point lap and shoulder belts for all seating positions PAGE POSITION 27 Advanced Front Airbags for driver and front passenger Supplemental Rear Impact Active Head Re straints AHR located on top of the front seats integrated into the head restraint Supplemental Side Airbag Inflatable Cur tains SABIC for the driver and passengers seated next to a window if equipped Supplemental Side Seat Airbags if equipped An energy abso
235. leaded gasoline with the proper octane rating gasolines that contain detergents corrosion and stability additives are recommended Using gasolines that have these additives will help improve fuel economy reduce emissions and maintain vehicle perfor mance Indiscriminate use of fuel system cleaning agents should be avoided Many of these ma terials intended for gum and varnish removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredi ents These can harm fuel system gasket and diaphragm materials PAGE POSITION 167 WARNING Carbon monoxide CO in exhaust gases is deadly Follow the precautions below to pre vent carbon monoxide poisoning Do not inhale exhaust gases They contain carbon monoxide a colorless and odorless gas which can kill Never run the engine in a closed area such as a garage and never sit in a parked vehicle with the engine running for an extended period If the ve hicle is stopped in an open area with the engine running for more than a short pe riod adjust the ventilation system to force fresh outside air into the vehicle e Guard against carbon monoxide with proper maintenance Have the exhaust System inspected every time the vehicle is raised Have any abnormal conditions re paired promptly Until repaired drive with all side windows fully open Continued JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING Continued e Keep t
236. llow the belt to retract into the retractor Finally pull on any excess web bing to tighten the lap portion around the child restraint Any seat belt system will loosen with time so check the belt occasionally and pull it tight if necessary PAGE POSITION 47 In the rear seat you may have trouble tighten ing the lap shoulder belt on the child restraint because the buckle or latch plate is too close to the belt path opening on the restraint Discon nect the latch plate from the buckle and twist the short buckle end belt several times to Shorten it Insert the latch plate into the buckle with the release button facing out If the belt still can t be tightened or if pulling and pushing on the restraint loosens the belt you may need to do something more Discon nect the latch plate from the buckle turn the buckle around and insert the latch plate into the buckle again If you still can t make the child restraint secure try a different seating position Children too Large for Booster Seats Children who are large enough to wear the shoulder belt comfortably and whose legs are long enough to bend over the front of the seat when their back is against the seatback should use the lap shoulder belt in a rear seat e Make sure that the child is upright in the seat e The lap portion should be low on the hips and as snug as possible JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og e Che
237. luid Lubricant or Genuine Part Engine Coolant 2 0L and 2 4L Engines MOPARe Antifreeze Coolant 5 Year 100 000 Mile Formula HOAT Hybrid Organic Additive Technol ogy or equivalent Engine Coolant 2 2L Diesel Engine MOPAR Antifreeze Coolant 5 Year 100 000 Mile Formula HOAT Hybrid Organic Additive Technol ogy or equivalent Engine Oil 2 0L and 2 4L Engines Non ACEA Categories Use API Certified SAE 5W 20 engine oil meeting the requirements of Chrysler Material Standard MS 6395 Refer to your engine oil filler cap for correct SAE grade SAE 5W 30 engine oil ap proved to MB 229 31 or MB 229 51 may be used when SAE 5W 20 engine oil is not available Engine Oil 2 0L 2 4L Engines ACEA Categories For countries that use the ACEA European Oil Categories for Service Fill Oils use engine oils meeting the requirements of ACEA C3 and approved to MB 229 31 or MB 229 51 SAE 5W 30 engine oil approved to MB 229 31 or MB 229 51 may be used when SAE 5W 20 engine oil is not available Engine Oil 2 2L Diesel Engine Use only synthetic SAE 5W 30 SAE OW 40 SAE 5W 40 SAE 10W 40 or SAE 15W 40 engine oil meeting the requirements of ACEA C3 and approved to VW 507 00 Engine Oil Filter MOPAR Engine Oil Filter or equivalent Spark Plugs 2 0L and 2 4L Engines ZFR5F 11 Gap 0 043 in 1 1 mm Fuel Selection 2 0L and 2 4L Engines 91 Octane Fuel Selection 2 2L Diese
238. lumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continu ously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the 112 replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly CAUTION The TPMS has been optimized for the original equipment tires and wheels TPMS pressures and warning have been established for the tire Size equipped on your vehicle Undesirable system operation or sensor damage may re sult when using replacement equipment that is not of the same size type and or style Aftermarket wheels can cause sensor dam age Do not use tire sealant from a can or balance beads
239. ly whenever there is likely to be poor traction ice snow wet mud loose sand etc PAGE POSITION 147 Traction When driving on wet or slushy roads it is possible for a wedge of water to build up between the tire and road surface This is hydroplaning and may cause partial or com plete loss of vehicle control and stopping abil ity To reduce this possibility the following pre cautions should be observed 1 Slow down during rainstorms or when roads are slushy 2 Slow down if the road has standing water or puddles 3 Replace the tires when tread wear indicators first become visible 4 Keep the tires properly inflated 5 Maintain enough distance between your ve hicle and the vehicle in front of you to avoid a collision in a sudden stop JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og DRIVING THROUGH WATER Driving through water more than a few inches centimeters deep will require extra caution to ensure safety and prevent damage to your vehicle Flowing Rising Water WARNING Do not drive on or across a road or path where water is flowing and or rising as in storm run off Flowing water can wear away the road or path s surface and cause your vehicle to sink into deeper water Furthermore flow ing and or rising water can carry your vehicle away swiftly Failure to follow this warning may result in injuries that are serious or fatal to you your p
240. m If Equipped 89 eMap Reading Eights 2 a 89 e WINDSHIELD WIPERS AND WASHERS 90 e Windshield Wiper Operation 90 e Intermittent Wiper System 90 e Windshield Washers s saosa soimi i a ona te an ae Gu 90 Mist Feature lt a sac aoea ae cesse 91 TILT STEERING COLUMN o oe ee ee 91 e ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROL IF EQUIPPED 92 TO CT 92 e To Set a Desired Speed 92 TO 93 e To Resume Speed nat summer 93 e To Vary the Speed Setting 93 55 PAGE POSITION 57 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 56 PAGE POSITION 58 e Manual Transaxle 93 To Accelerate for Passing 93 e POWER SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED 94 e Opening the Sunroof 94 e Closing the Sunroofs weave create se see 94 Pinch Protect Feature ae an ea 95 Pinch Protect Override 95 Venting Sunroof Express 95 Sunshade Operation a aaa 95 ee 95 e Sunroof Maintenance 95 o ignition Off Operation 22 95 ELECTRICAL POWER OUTLETS 96 s CUPHOLDERS 97 e CONSOLE FEATURES 222222 97 eS CARG
241. may result in serious injury or death ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROL IF EQUIPPED When engaged Electronic Speed Contro takes over the accelerator operation at speeds greater than 25 mph 40 km h The Electronic Speed Control lever is located on the right side of the steering wheel 92 CRUISE ON OFF Y SET DECEL 81bc4c2c Electronic Speed Control Lever NOTE In order to ensure proper operation the Electronic Speed Control System has been designed to shut down if multiple Speed Control functions are operated simulta neously If this occurs the Electronic Speed Control System can be reactivated by push ing the Electronic Speed Control ON OFF button and resetting the desired vehicle set speed To Activate Push the ON OFF button The CRUISE indicator in the instrument cluster will illuminate To turn JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og the system off push the ON OFF button a second time The CRUISE indicator will turn off The system should be turned off when not in use WARNING Leaving the Electronic Speed Control system on when not in use is dangerous You could accidentally set the system or cause it to go faster than you want You could lose control and have an accident Always leave the Elec tronic Speed Control system off when you are not using it To Set a Desired Speed When the vehicle has reached the desired speed press down on
242. mblies must be replaced after a collision Rear seat belt assemblies must be replaced after a collision if they have been damaged i e bent retractor torn webbing etc If there is any question regarding belt or retractor condition replace the belt Airbag Warning Light The light should come on and remain on for six to eight seconds as a bulb check when the ignition switch is first turned ON If the light is not lit during starting see your authorized dealer If the light stays on flickers or comes on while driving have the system checked by an authorized dealer JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Defroster Check operation by selecting the defrost mode and place the blower control on high speed You should be able to feel the air directed against the windshield See your authorized dealer for service if your defroster is inoper able Periodic Safety Checks You Should Make Outside the Vehicle Tires Examine tires for excessive tread wear and uneven wear patterns Check for stones nails glass or other objects lodged in the tread Inspect the tread and sidewall for cuts and cracks Check the wheel nuts for tightness Check the tires including spare for proper pressure Lights Have someone observe the operation of exte rior lights while you work the controls Check turn signal and high beam indicator lights on the instrument panel 51 pubnum Door
243. mends that you use tires equivalent to the originals in size quality and performance when replacement is needed Refer to the paragraph on Tread Wear Indicators Refer to the Tire and Loading Information placard for the size designation of your tire The service description and load identification will be found on the original equipment tire Failure to use 158 equivalent replacement tires may adversely affect the safety handling and ride of your vehicle We recommend that you contact your original equipment or an authorized tire dealer with any questions you may have on tire speci fications or capability WARNING e Do not use a tire wheel size or rating other than that specified for your vehicle Some combinations of unapproved tires and wheels may change suspension dimen sions and performance characteristics re sulting in changes to steering handling and braking of your vehicle This can cause unpredictable handling and stress to steer ing and suspension components You could lose control and have an accident resulting in serious injury or death Use only the tire and wheel sizes with load ratings approved for your vehicle Continued JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING Continued e Never use a tire with a smaller load index or capacity other than what was originally equipped on your vehicle Using a tire with a smaller load index coul
244. n value e The TPMS is not intended to replace nor the instrument cluster mal tire care and maintenance or to pro vide warning of a tire failure or condition 160 PAGE POSITION 162 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses wireless technology with wheel rim mounted electronic sensors to monitor tire pressure lev els Sensors mounted to each wheel as part of the valve stem transmit tire pressure readings to the Receiver Module NOTE It is particularly important for you to check the tire pressure in all of the tires on your vehicle regularly and to maintain the proper pressure The TPMS consists of the following compo nents e Receiver Module e Four Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensors e Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light The Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will illuminate in the instrument cluster and an audible chime will be activated when one or more of the four active road tire pressures are low Should this occur you should stop as soon as possible check the inflation pressure of each tire on your vehicle and inflate each tire to the vehicle s recommended cold placard pres PAGE POSITION 163 sure value The system will automatically up date and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will extinguish once the updated tire pres sures have been received The vehicle may need to be driven f
245. n ing Your Vehicle NON DETERGENT OR STRAIGHT MINERAL OILS MUST NEVER BE USED 50 A new engine may consume some oil during its first few thousand miles kilometers of opera tion This should be considered a normal part of the break in and not interpreted as an indi cation of difficulty Additional Requirements For Diesel Engine If Equipped During the first 1500 km avoid heavy loads e g driving at full throttle Do not exceed 2 3 of the maximum permissible engine speed for each gear Change gear in good time Do not shift down a gear manually in order to brake SAFETY TIPS Transporting Passengers NEVER TRANSPORT PASSENGERS IN THE CARGO AREA WARNING e t is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Continued JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING Continued e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Exhaust Gas WARNING Exhaust gases can injure or kill They contain carbon monoxide CO which is colorless and odorless Breathing it can make you uncon Scious and can eventually poison you To avoid breathing CO follow these safety tips Do not r
246. n to outside air Some temp humidity conditions will cause captured interior air to condense on windows and hamper visibility For this reason the system will not allow Recirculation to be selected while in floor defrost or defrost floor mode Attempting to use the recirculation while in these modes will cause the LED in the control button to blink and then turn off PAGE POSITION 133 e Most of the time when in Automatic Op eration you can temporarily put the sys tem into Recirculation Mode by pressing the Recirculation button However under certain conditions while in Automatic Mode the system is blowing air out the defrost vents When these conditions are present and the Recirculation button is pressed the indicator will flash and then turn off This tells you that you are unable to go into Recirculation Mode at this time If you would like the system to go into Recirculation Mode you must first move the Mode knob to Panel Panel Floor and then press the Recirculation button This feature reduces the possibility of window fogging Operating Tips NOTE Refer to the chart at the end of this section for suggested control settings for various weather conditions JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Summer Operation The engine cooling system in air conditioned vehicles must be protected with a high quality antifreeze coolant to provide proper corrosion protection a
247. nal data is thereafter preserved 2 Used in defense of litigation involving a Chrysler Group LLC product 3 Requested by police under a legal warrant 4 Otherwise required by law Data parameters that are recorded Diagnostic trouble code s and warning light status for electronically controlled safety systems including the airbag system e Vehicle speed e Engine RPM Brake switch status e Pedal position e And other parameters depending on vehicle configuration PAGE POSITION 45 Child Restraint Everyone in your vehicle needs to be buckled up at all times including babies and children It is required that small children ride in the proper restraint system 81057108 Children 12 years and under should ride prop erly buckled up in a rear seat if available According to crash statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats rather than in the front JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og WARNING e Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an airbag in front of it Refer to visor mounted labels for information e Ina collision an unrestrained child even a tiny baby can become a projectile inside the vehicle The force required to hold even an infant on your lap could become so great that you could not hold the child no matter how strong you are The child and others could be
248. nce test Drive belt tension should also be checked at this time CAUTION Do not use chemical flushes in your air con ditioning system as the chemicals can dam age your air conditioning components Such damage is not covered by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty WARNING e Use only refrigerants and compressor lubri cants approved by the manufacturer for your air conditioning system Some unap proved refrigerants are flammable and can explode injuring you Other unapproved refrigerants or lubricants can cause the System to fail requiring costly repairs e The air conditioning system contains refrig erant under high pressure To avoid risk of personal injury or damage to the system adding refrigerant or any repair requiring lines to be disconnected should be done by an experienced repairman 204 PAGE POSITION 206 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum Refrigerant Recovery And Recycling R 134a air conditioning refrigerant is a hydro fluorocarbon HFC that is endorsed by the Environmental Protection Agency and is an ozone saving product However the manufac turer recommends that air conditioning service be performed by authorized dealers or other service facilities using recovery and recycling equipment NOTE Use only manufacturer approved A C sys tem sealers stop leak products seal condi tioners compressor oil or refrigerants Body
249. nd some mobile or CB radios DOOR LOCKS Manual Door Locks Use the manual door lock plunger to lock the doors from inside the vehicle If the plunger is down when the door is closed the door will lock Make sure the keys are not inside the vehicle before closing the door 20 021808824 Manual Door Lock Plunger CAUTION An unlocked vehicle is an invitation to thieves Always remove the key from the ignition and lock all of the doors when leaving the vehicle unattended Power Door Locks A power door lock switch is on each front door rim panel Press this switch to lock or unlock WARNING e For personal security and safety in the event of an accident lock the vehicle doors as you drive as well as when you park and leave the vehicle e When leaving the vehicle always remove the key from the ignition lock and lock your vehicle Do not leave unattended children in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equip ment may cause severe personal injuries and death JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og he doors and liftgate NOTE To prevent from locking the key in the ve hicle the power door lock switch will not operate when the key is in the ignition and either front door is open A chime will sound as a reminder to remove the key pubnum Driver Power Door Lock Switch 1 Unlock 2 Loc
250. nd to protect against engine over heating A solution of 50 ethylene glycol antifreeze coolant and 50 water is recom mended Refer to Maintenance Procedures in Maintaining Your Vehicle for proper coolant selection Winter Operation Use of the air Recirculation Mode during winter months is not recommended because it may cause window fogging Vacation Storage Anytime you store your vehicle or keep it out of service i e vacation for two weeks or more run the air conditioning system at idle for about five minutes in the fresh air and high blower settings This will ensure adequate system lu brication to minimize the possibility of compres sor damage when the system is started again 131 pubnum PAGE POSITION 134 Window Fogging Interior fogging on the windshield can be quickly removed by turning the mode selector to Defrost The Defrost Floor mode can be used to maintain a clear windshield and provide sufficient heating If side window fogging be comes a problem increase blower speed Ve hicle windows tend to fog on the inside in mild but rainy or humid weather NOTE Recirculate without A C should not be used for long periods as fogging may occur 132 Side Window Demisters A side window demister outlet is located at each end of the instrument panel These non adjustable outlets direct air toward the side windows when the system is in the FLOOR MIX or DEFROST mode The air is directed at th
251. ne is running severe catalytic converter damage and power loss will soon occur Immediate Service is required Loose Fuel Filler Cap Message After fuel is added the vehicle diagnostic sys tem can determine if the fuel filler cap is possibly loose or improperly installed A gAS CAP message will be displayed in the instru ment cluster Tighten the gas cap until a click ing sound is heard This is an indication that the gas cap is properly tightened Press the trip odometer RESET button to turn off the mes sage If the problem persists the message will appear the next time the vehicle is started This might indicate a damaged cap If the problem JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og is detected twice in a row the system will turn on the MIL Resolving the problem will turn the MIL light off REPLACEMENT PARTS Use of genuine MOPAR parts for normal scheduled maintenance and repairs is highly recommended to ensure the designed perfor mance Damage or failures caused by the use of non MOPAR parts for maintenance and repairs will not be covered by the manufactur er s warranty MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES The pages that follow contain the required maintenance services determined by the engi neers who designed your vehicle Besides those maintenance items specified in the fixed maintenance schedule there are other components which may require servicing or replacem
252. ne or more with a single chime if speed is above 1 mph 1 km h Door s Ajar with a single chime if vehicle is in motion Gate Ajar with a single chime Headlamps or Park Lamps On Key In Ignition Check TPM System If Equipped Oil Change Required If Equipped PAGE POSITION 117 JOB EVIC Functions EVIC Button Press the EVIC button until one of the following functions are displayed on the EVIC e Compass Temperature Audio e Average Fuel Economy e Distance To Empty DTE e Elapsed Time e Tire Pressure Monitor TPM If Equipped e Personal Settings ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og To Reset The Display Pressing and holding the EVIC button once will clear the function currently being displayed Reset will only occur if a resettable function is currently being displayed To reset all reset table functions press and release the EVIC button a second time within three seconds of resetting the currently displayed function Re set ALL will be displayed during this three second window Engine Oil Change Indicator System If Equipped Oil Change Required Your vehicle is equipped with an engine oil change indicator system The Oil Change Re quired message will flash in the EVIC display for approximately five seconds after a single chime has sounded to indicate the next sched uled oil change interval The engine oil change indicator system
253. ng Turn Signal and Front Position Lamps Fog Lamps eue she Gee ade e Rear Tail Lamps Turn Signals Fog and Backup Lamps e Side Repeater eicense tamps Tc Center High Mounted Stoplamp eSIEPUIDICAPACITIESS 22 200 22 FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND GENUINE PARTS ENGING 3 65 3s chelate shee Gleave an OUR 064 eiChASSIS era e re mao men de deut E SE JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2 0L 070306968 1 Washer Fluid Reservoir 6 Integrated Power Module 2 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir 7 Battery Under Cover 3 Engine Oil Fill 8 Coolant Pressure Cap 4 Air Cleaner Filter 9 Engine Oil Dipstick 5 Brake Fluid Reservoir 10 Engine Coolant Reservoir 197 PAGE POSITION 199 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2 4L 1 Washer Fluid Reservoir 2 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir 3 Engine Oil Fill 4 Brake Fluid Reservoir 5 Integrated Power Module 198 PAGE POSITION 200 070305628 6 Battery 7 Air Cleaner Filter 8 Coolant Pressure Cap 9 Engine Oil Dipstick 10 Engine Coolant Reservoir JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum
254. ning and that service is required However the con ventional brake system will continue to operate normally if the Brake Warning Light is not on f the ABS Warning Light is on the brake system should be serviced as soon as possible o restore the benefits of anti lock brakes If the ABS Warning Light does not come on when he ignition switch is turned to the ON position have the bulb repaired as soon as possible f both the Brake Warning Light and the ABS Warning Light remain on the ABS and Elec ronic Brake Force Distribution EBD systems are not functioning Immediate repair to the ABS is required JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og When the vehicle is driven over 7 mph 11 km h you may also hear a slight clicking sound as well as some related motor noises These noises are the system performing its self check cycle to ensure that the ABS working properly This self check occurs each time the vehicle is started and accelerated past 7 mph 11 km h ABS is activated during braking under certain road or stopping conditions ABS inducing conditions can include ice snow gravel bumps railroad tracks loose debris or panic stops You may also experience the following when the brake system goes into anti lock mode e the ABS motor running it may continue to run for a short time after the stop e the clicking sound of solenoid valves e brake pedal
255. ning it clockwise forward by one click while playing a track skips to the next track 121 pubnum PAGE POSITION 124 e Turning it counterclockwise backward by one click during the first two seconds of the track will jump to the previous track in the list Turning this button at any other time in the track will jump to the begin ning of the current track e Jump backward in the current track by pressing and holding the lt lt RW button Holding the lt lt RW button long enough will jump to the beginning of the current track e Jump forward in the current track by press ing and holding the FF gt gt button e A single press backward lt lt RW or forward FF gt gt will jump backward or forward re spectively for five seconds e Use the lt lt SEEK and SEEK gt gt buttons to jump to the previous or next track If the lt lt SEEK button is pressed during the first two seconds of the track it will jump to the previous track in the list pressing this button at any other time in the track it will jump to the beginning of the track Pressing the SEEK gt gt button during play mode it will jump to the next track in the list 122 While a track is playing press the INFO button to see the associated metadata art ist track title album etc for that track Pressing the INFO button again jumps to the next screen of data for that track Once all screens have been viewed the last INFO butt
256. nition position is LOCK or ACC sounds a signal to remind you to remove the key NOTE With the driver s door open and the key in the ignition both the power door locks will not lock and Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter will not function STEERING WHEEL LOCK IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a passive steering wheel lock This lock prevents steering the vehicle without the ignition key If the steer ing wheel is moved approximately a half turn in either direction and the key is not in the ignition the steering wheel will lock 14 To Manually Lock the Steering Wheel With the engine running turn the steering wheel upside down turn off the engine and remove the key Turn the steering wheel slightly in either direction until the lock engages To Release the Steering Wheel Lock Insert the key in the ignition switch and start the engine If the key is difficult to turn move the wheel slightly to the right or left to disengage the lock NOTE If you turned the wheel to the right to engage the lock you must turn the wheel slightly to the right to disengage it If you turned the wheel to the left to engage the lock turn the wheel slightly to the left to disengage it SENTRY KEY The Sentry Key Immobilizer System prevents unauthorized vehicle operation by disabling the engine The system does not need to be armed or activated Operation is automatic regardless of whether the vehicle is locked
257. nt airbag gas is vented through the vent holes in the sides of the airbag In this way the airbags do not interfere with your control of the vehicle JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Supplemental Side Seat Airbag Inflator Units If Equipped The Side Impact SRS Seat Mounted Side Airbags are designed to activate only in certain side collisions The ORC determines if a side collision requires the side airbags to inflate based on the severity and type of collision The ORC monitors the readiness of the elec tronic parts of the system whenever the ignition Switch is in the START or ON positions These include all of the items previously mentioned Based on the severity and type of collision the side airbag inflator on the crash side of the vehicle may be triggered releasing a quantity of non toxic gas The inflating side airbag exits through the seat seam into the space between the occupant and the door The side airbags fully inflate in about 10 milliseconds The side airbag moves at a very high speed and with such a high force that it could injure you if you are not seated properly or if items are posi tioned in the area where the side airbag in flates This especially applies to children 39 pubnum PAGE POSITION 42 Supplemental Side Airbag Inflatable Curtain SABIC Inflator Units If Equipped During collisions where the impact is confin
258. ntil the Switch is pushed and held rearward again Express Mode Press the switch rearward and release and the sunroof will open automatically from any posi tion The sunroof will open fully and stop auto matically this is called Express Open During Express Open operation any movement of the sunroof switch will stop the sunroof Closing the Sunroof Manual Mode To close the sunroof press and hold the switch in the forward position Again any release of the switch will stop the movement and the sunroof will remain in a partial close condition until the switch is pushed and held forward again To ensure sunroof is fully closed press and hold switch until sunroof has completely stopped moving JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum Express Mode Press the switch forward and release and the sunroof will close automatically from any posi tion The sunroof will close fully and stop automatically this is called Express Close During Express Close operation any move ment of the switch will stop the sunroof Pinch Protect Feature This feature will detect an obstruction in the opening of the sunroof during Express Close operation If an obstruction in the path of the sunroof is detected the sunroof will automati cally retract Remove obstruction and press the switch forward and release to Express Close Pinch Protect Override If a known obstruction ice
259. ntinue to operate pump and inflate the tire to the pressure indicated on the tire pressure label on the driver side latch pillar recommended pressure Check the tire pres sure by looking at the Pressure Gauge 3 If the tire does not inflate to at least 26 psi 1 8 Bar pressure within 15 minutes e The tire is too badly damaged Do not at tempt to drive the vehicle further Call for assistance NOTE If the air pump is equipped with a Deflation Button and the tire becomes over inflated press the Deflation Button to reduce the tire pressure to the recommended inflation pressure before continuing 183 pubnum PAGE POSITION 186 If the tire inflates to the recommended pres sure or is at least 26 psi 1 8 Bar pressure within 15 minutes 1 Press the Power Button 4 to turn off the TIREFIT kit 2 Remove the Speed Limit sticker from the top of the Sealant Bottle 1 and place the sticker on the instrument panel 3 Immediately disconnect the Sealant Hose 6 from the valve stem reinstall the yellow cap on the fitting at the end of the hose and place the TIREFIT kit in the vehicle storage location Quickly proceed to D Securing TIREFIT Seal ant in the Tire CAUTION e The metal end fitting from Power Plug 8 may get hot after use so should be handled carefully Continued 184 CAUTION Continued e Failure to reinstall the yellow cap on the fitting at the end of the Sealant Ho
260. nts road surfaces on which the vehicle is operated extreme hot or cold weather and other extreme conditions will have an adverse effect on paint metal trim and underbody protection The following maintenance recommendations will enable you to obtain maximum benefit from the corrosion resistance built into your vehicle What Causes Corrosion Corrosion is the result of deterioration or re moval of paint and protective coatings from your vehicle pubnum The most common causes of corrosion are e Road salt dirt and moisture accumulation e Stone and gravel impact e Insects tree sap and tar e Salt in the air near sea coast localities e Atmospheric fallout industrial pollutants Washing e Wash your vehicle regularly Always wash your vehicle in the shade using MOPAR Car Wash or a mild car wash soap and rinse the panels completely with clear water e If insects tar or other similar deposits have accumulated on your vehicle use MOPAR Super Kleen Bug and Tar Remover or equivalent to remove e Use a high quality cleaner wax such as MOPAR Cleaner Wax to remove road film stains and to protect your paint finish Take care never to scratch the paint e Avoid using abrasive compounds and power buffing that may diminish the gloss or thin out the paint finish PAGE POSITION 215 CAUTION Do not use abrasive or strong cleaning mate rials such as steel wool or scouring powder which will scratch met
261. of crashes and associated injuries in order to assess and improve vehicle perfor mance In addition to crash investigations initi ated by Chrysler Group LLC such investiga ions may be requested by customers insurance carriers government officials and professional crash researchers such as those associated with universities and with hospital and insurance organizations n the event that an investigation is undertaken by Chrysler Group LLC regardless of initia ive the company or its designated represen ative will first obtain permission of the appro priate custodial entity for the vehicle usually he vehicle owner or lessee before accessing he electronic data stored unless ordered to image the data by a court with legal jurisdiction i e pursuant to a warrant A copy of the data will be provided to the custodial entity upon request General data that does not identify particular vehicles or crashes may be released for incorporation in aggregate crash data bases such as those maintained by the gov ernment officials and various states Data of a potentially sensitive nature such as would identify a particular driver vehicle or crash will pubnum be treated confidentially Confidential data will not be disclosed by Chrysler Group LLC to any third party except when 1 Used for research purposes such as to match data with a particular crash record in an aggregate database provided confidentiality of perso
262. on press will go back to the play mode screen on the radio Pressing the REPEAT button will change the iPod mode to repeat the current playing track Press the SCAN button to use iPod scan mode which will play the first five seconds of each track in the current list and then forward to the next song To stop SCAN mode and start playing the desired track when it is playing the track press the SCAN button again During Scan mode pressing the SEEK and SEEK gt gt buttons will select the previous and next tracks RND button available on sales code RES radio only Pressing this button toggles be tween Shuffle ON and Shuffle OFF modes for the iPod If the RND icon is showing on the radio display then the shuffle mode is ON JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og List Or Browse Mode During Play mode pressing any of the buttons described below will bring up List mode List mode enables scrolling through the list of menus and tracks on the iPod e TUNE control knob The TUNE control knob functions in a similar manner as the scroll wheel on the iPod e Turning it clockwise forward and coun terclockwise backward scrolls through the lists displaying the track detail on the radio display Once the track to be played is highlighted on the radio display press the TUNE control knob to select and start playing the track Turning the TUNE con trol knob fast wil
263. onebook when the vehicle is not in motion is recommended tis not recommended to store similar sound ing names in the Uconnect Phonebook Phonebook Downloaded and Uconnect Phone Local name rate is optimized when he entries are not similar Numbers must be spoken in single digits 800 must be spoken eight zero zero not eight hundred You can say letter O for zero Even though international dialing for most number combinations is supported some shortcut dialing number combinations may not be supported OSITION 74 e In a convertible vehicle system perfor mance may be compromised with the con vertible top down Phone Far End Audio Performance e Audio quality is maximized under low to medium blower setting low to medium vehicle speed low road noise e smooth road surface e fully closed windows e dry weather conditions and e operation from the driver seat e Performance such as audio clarity echo and loudness to a large degree rely on the phone and network and not the Uconnect Phone e Echo at the phone far end can sometimes be reduced by lowering the in vehicle audio volume JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og e In a convertible vehicle system perfor mance may be compromised with the con vertible top down Bluetooth Communication Link Cellular phones have been found to lose con nection to the Uconnect
264. only Synthetic Die sel engine oils conforming to the most current version of ACEA C3 that are approved to VW 507 00 pubnum Engine Oil Viscosity Diesel Engine Use any of these viscosity grades meeting the ACEA Categories listed under Engine Oil Se lection SAE 5W 30 SAE OW 40 SAE 5W 40 SAE 10W 40 or SAE 15W 40 Synthetic Engine Oils Gasoline Engine Only There are a number of engine oils being pro moted as either synthetic or semi synthetic If you chose to use such a product use only those oils that are approved to MB 229 31 or MB 229 51 Follow the maintenance schedule that describes your driving type Materials Added to Engine Oils Do not add any supplemental materials other than leak detection dyes to your engine oil Engine oil is an engineered product and its performance may be impaired by supplemen tal additives Disposing of Used Engine Oil and Oil Filters Care should be taken in disposing of used engine oil and oil filters from your vehicle Used oil and oil filters indiscriminately discarded can present a problem to the environment PAGE POSITION 205 Contact your authorized dealer service station or governmental agency for advice on how and where used oil and oil filters can be safely discarded in your area Engine Oil Filter The engine oil filter should be replaced at every engine oil change Engine Oil Filter Selection of this manufacturer s engines have a full flow type
265. onnect the negative end of the jumper cable to the negative post of the booster battery 4 Connect the opposite end of the negative jumper cable to a good engine ground ex posed metal part of the discharged vehicle s engine away from the battery and the fuel injection system WARNING Do not connect the cable to the negative post of the discharged battery The resulting electrical spark could cause the battery to explode and could result in personal injury 5 Start the engine in the vehicle that has the booster battery let the engine idle a few min utes and then start the engine in the vehicle with the discharged battery Once the engine is started remove the jumper cables in the reverse sequence 6 Disconnect the negative jumper cable from the engine ground of the vehicle with the discharged battery JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 7 Disconnect the negative end of the jumper cable from the negative post of the booster battery 8 Disconnect the opposite end of the positive jumper cable from the positive post of he booster battery 9 Disconnect the positive end of the jumper cable from the positive post of the discharged vehicle 10 Reinstall the air intake duct f frequent jump starting is required to start your vehicle you should have the battery and charg ing system inspected at your authorized de
266. ontinually held in the SET DECEL position the set speed will continue to decrease until the lever is released Release the lever when the desired speed is reached and the new set speed will be estab lished Tapping the SET DECEL button once will result in a 1 mph 1 6 km h speed decrease Each time the button is tapped speed decreases Manual Transaxle Pressing the clutch pedal will disengage the speed control A slight increase in engine RPM before the Electronic Speed Control disen gages is normal Vehicles equipped with manual transaxles may need to be shifted into a lower gear to climb hills without speed loss JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING Electronic Speed Control can be dangerous where the system cannot maintain a constant Speed Your vehicle could go too fast for the conditions and you could lose control An accident could be the result Do not use Electronic Speed Control in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding icy snow covered or slippery To Accelerate for Passing Press the accelerator as you would normally When the pedal is released the vehicle wil return to the set speed Using Electronic Speed Control On Hills NOTE The Electronic Speed Control system main tains speed up and down hills A slight speed change on moderate hills is normal On steep hills a greater speed loss or gain may occur so it may be prefer
267. ook is not fully seated to the attaching bracket the vehicle should not be towed 192 061409271 Front Tow Eye Installed Rear Tow Eye Usage The rear tow eye receptacle is located behind a door located on the left rear bumper fascia To install the tow eye open the door using the vehicle key or a small screwdriver and thread the tow eye into the receptacle Insert the flat end of the jack handle through the eye and tighten refer to Jacking and Tire Changing in Section 6 for information The tow hook must be fully seated to the attaching bracket through the lower front fascia as JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og shown If the tow hook is not fully seated to the attaching bracket the vehicle should not be towed 061409272 Rear Tow Eye Installed TOWING A DISABLED VEHICLE With Ignition Key Automatic Transaxle e Front Wheel Drive FWD vehicles can be towed with the front wheels elevated or ona flatbed truck all four wheels off the ground e All Wheel Drive AWD vehicles must be towed on a flatbed truck all four wheels off the ground pubnum CAUTION DO NOT flat tow any vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission Damage to the drive train will result Manual Transaxle e Front Wheel Drive FWD or All Wheel Drive AWD vehicles can be flat towed all four wheels on the ground with the transmission in NEUTRAL e FWD v
268. or unlocked JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og The system uses ignition keys which have an embedded electronic chip transponder to prevent unauthorized vehicle operation Only keys that are programmed to the vehicle can be used to start and operate the vehicle The system will shut the engine off in two seconds if someone uses an invalid key to start the en gine NOTE A key that has not been programmed is also considered an invalid key even if it is cut to fit the ignition switch lock cylinder for that vehicle During normal operation after turning the igni ion switch ON the Vehicle Security Light will urn on for three seconds for a bulb check If he light remains on after the bulb check it indicates that there is a problem with the elec ronics In addition if the light begins to flash after the bulb check it indicates that someone used an invalid key to start the engine Either of hese conditions will result in the engine being shut off after two seconds pubnum If the Vehicle Security Light turns on during normal vehicle operation vehicle running for longer than 10 seconds it indicates that there is a fault in the electronics Should this occur have the vehicle serviced as soon as possible by an authorized dealer NOTE The Sentry Key Immobilizer System is not compatible with some aftermarket remote starting systems Use of these systems ma
269. or up to 20 minutes above 15 mph 25 kph to receive this information The Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will flash on and off for 75 seconds and remain on solid when a system fault is detected The system fault will also sound a chime If the ignition key is cycled this sequence will repeat providing the system fault still exists The Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will turn off when the fault condition no longer exists A system fault can occur by any of the following scenarios 1 Jamming due to electronic devices or driv ing next to facilities emitting the same Radio Frequencies as the TPMS sensors 2 Installing some form of aftermarket window tinting that affects radio wave signals 3 Lots of snow or ice around the wheels or wheel housings 4 Using tire chains on the vehicle JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og 5 Using wheels tires not equipped with TPMS sensors NOTE Your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare wheel and tire assembly 1 The compact spare tire does not have a tire pressure monitoring sensor Therefore the TPMS will not monitor the tire pressure in the compact spare tire 2 If you install the compact spare tire in place of a road tire that has a pressure below the low pressure warning limit upon the next igni tion key cycle a chime will sound and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will still turn O
270. ot use scouring pads steel wool a bristle brush or metal polishes Only MOPAR cleaners or equivalent are recom mended Do not use oven cleaner Avoid auto matic car washes that use acidic solutions or harsh brushes that may damage the wheels protective finish 213 pubnum PAGE POSITION 216 Stain Repel Fabric Cleaning Procedure If Equipped Stain Repel seats may be cleaned in the follow ing manner e Remove as much of the stain as possible by blotting with a clean dry towel e Blot any remaining stain with a clean damp towel e For tough stains apply MOPAR Total Clean or a mild soap solution to a clean damp cloth and remove the stain Use a fresh damp towel to remove soap residue e For grease stains apply MOPAR Multi Purpose Cleaner or a equivalent high quality cleaner to a clean damp cloth and remove the stain Use a fresh damp towel to remove soap residue e Do not use any harsh solvents or any other form of protectants on Stain Repel products Interior Care Use MOPAR Total Clean or equivalent to clean fabric upholstery and carpeting 214 Use MOPAR Total Clean or equivalent to clean vinyl upholstery MOPAR Total Clean or equivalent is specifi cally recommended for leather upholstery Your leather upholstery can be best preserved by regular cleaning with a damp soft cloth Small particles of dirt can act as an abrasive and damage the leather upholstery and sho
271. ower storage compartment and lift the lid open Lower Storage Compartment WARNING Do not operate this vehicle with a console compartment lid in the open position Cellular phones music players and other handheld electronic devices should be stowed while driving Use of these devices while driving can cause an accident due to distraction resulting in death or injury 98 CARGO AREA FEATURES Cargo Light Removable Self Recharging Flashlight The dual function light is mounted in the head liner above the cargo area to illuminate the cargo area and part of it snaps out of the bezel to serve as a flashlight when needed The flashlight features two bright LED light bulbs and is powered by rechargeable lithium batter ies that recharge when snapped back into place for convenience Press in on the flashlight to release it Press And Release JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og To operate the flashlight press the switch once for high twice for low and a third time to return to off 035410217 Three Press Switch Cargo Cover The cargo area trim panels include two notches for mounting the available tonneau cover that accommodates the reclining rear seat To install the Cargo Cover insert either end of the cover into one of the two notches located in the rear trim panels With one of the cover ends installed push inward on the opposite en
272. owing severe duty conditions PAGE POSITION 229 Stop and go driving Driving in dusty conditions Short trips of less than 10 miles 16 km Trailer towing Taxi police or delivery service commercial service Off road or desert operation JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og 7 500 Miles 12 000 km or 12 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter t 1 Rotate tires Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 227 pubnum 15 000 Miles 24 000 km or 24 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Q Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tt 1 Rotate tires Q If using your vehicle for any of the following Dusty or off road conditions Inspect the engine air cleaner filter replace if necessary Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Replace the air conditioning filter Inspect the CV joints Perform the first inspection at 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 22 500 Miles 36 000 km or 36 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Q Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tt Rotate tires 12 months Inspect exhaust system Perform the first inspection at 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months Odometer Reading Date Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Repair Orde
273. owing chart to determine the accurate attaching points Other equip ment such as trailer sway controls and braking equipment trailer equalizing leveling equip ment and low profile mirrors may also be required or strongly recommended MOUNTING HOLES en VEHICLE CENTERLINE F F WHEEL CENTERLINE 813a949e Trailer Tow Hitch Attaching Points And Overhang Dimensions A 2 10 ft 638 9 mm B 2 45 ft 746 1 mm C 2 73 ft 831 1 mm D maximum over 3 81 ft 1161 5 mm hang 1 76 ft 535 3 mm mim 1 71 ft 520 3 mm JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum RECREATIONAL TOWING BEHIND MOTORHOME ETC Towing This Vehicle Behind Another Vehicle Flat Towing With All Four Wheels On The Ground NOTE Vehicles equipped with manual transmis sions may be recreationally towed flat towed at any legal highway speed for any distance if the manual transmission is in NEUTRAL and the ignition key is in the ACC Recreational Manual Automatic position Towing Con Transmis Transmis dition sion Ve sion Ve CAUTION hicles hicles e DO NOT flat tow any vehicle equipped with Four Wheel Yes Never a automatic transmission Damage to the Fa s All drivetrain will result If these vehicles re Ground quire towing make sure all four wheels are off the g
274. ownward to position the JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og belt away from your neck Push anchorage button to release the anchorage and move it up or down to the position that fits you best NOTE The adjustable upper shoulder belt anchor age is equipped with an Easy Up feature This feature allows the shoulder belt an chorage to be adjusted in the upward posi tion without pressing the release button To verify the shoulder belt anchorage is latched pull downward on the shoulder belt anchorage until it is locked into position Adjustable Anchorage pubnum As a guide if you are shorter than average you will prefer a lower position and if you are taller than average you will prefer a higher position When you release the anchorage try to move it down to make sure that it is locked in position In the rear seat move toward the center of the seat to position the belt away from your neck Second Row Center Lap Shoulder Belt Operating Instructions The second row center lap shoulder belt fea tures a three point seat belt with a mini latch and buckle which allows the shoulder belt to detach from the lower anchor when the seat is folded The mini buckle and shoulder belt can then be stored out of the way in the right side trim panel for added convenience 1 Remove the mini latch and regular latch from its stowed position in the right rear side trim panel
275. pendent upon your personal driving style Unless reset this message will continue to display each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON RUN position To turn off the message temporarily press and release the Trip Odom eter button on the instrument cluster To reset the oil change indicator system after perform ing the scheduled maintenance refer to the following procedure 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion Do not start the engine 2 Fully depress the accelerator pedal slowly three times within 10 seconds 3 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF LOCK position NOTE If the indicator message illuminates when you start the vehicle the oil change indica tor system did not reset If necessary repeat this procedure 110 15 Cruise Indicator If Equipped This indicator shows that the CRUISE Speed Control system is ON 16 Trip Odometer Display Reset Button Press this button to change the display from odometer to either of the two trip odometer settings Trip A or Trip B will appear when in the trip odometer mode Push in and hold the button for two seconds to reset the trip odom eter to O miles 0 km The odometer must be in Trip mode to reset 17 Electronic Throttle Control ETC Light This light informs you of a problem with the Electronic Throttle Control A ETC system If a problem is de tected the light will come on while the engine is running Cycle the ignition key when the vehi
276. place the spark plugs Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Replace the air conditioning filter Inspect the CV joints Inspect exhaust system Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer T This maintenance is recommended by the manufacturer to the owner but is not required to maintain emissions warranty WARNING You can be badly injured working on or around a motor vehicle Do only service work for which you have the knowledge and the right equipment If you have any doubt about your ability to perform a service job take your vehicle to a competent mechanic 237 PAGE POSITION 239 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum Maintenance Schedule Diesel Engine NOTE Under no circumstances should oil change intervals exceed 15 000 miles 25 000 km or two years whichever comes first At Each Stop for Fuel e Check the engine oil level and add as re quired e Check the windshield washer solvent and add if required Once a Month e Check the tire pressure and look for unusual wear or damage e Inspect the battery and clean and tighten the terminals as required e Check the fluid levels of the coolant reser voir
277. portion of the lever past the first detent to activate that rear washer The washer pump will continue to operate as long as the lever or ring is engaged Upon release the wipers will cycle two times before returning to the set position pubnum If the rear wiper is operating when the ignition is turned OFF the wiper will automatically return to the park position if power accessory delay is active Power accessory delay can be can celled by opening the door if this happens the rear wiper will stop at its current position and will not go to park Rear Window Defroster The rear window defroster button is located on the bottom right side of the blower control knob Press this button to turn on the rear window defroster and the heated outside mirrors if equipped An indi cator in the button will illuminate when the rear window defroster is on The rear window de froster automatically turns off after approxi mately 10 minutes For an additional five min utes of operation press the button a second time NOTE To prevent excessive battery drain use the rear window defroster only when the engine is operating PAGE POSITION 103 CAUTION Failure to follow these cautions can cause damage to the heating elements Use care when washing the inside of the rear window Do not use abrasive window cleaners on the interior surface of the win dow Use a soft cloth and a mild washing solution wiping parallel
278. pressures and warning have been estab lished for the tire size equipped on your vehicle Undesirable system operation or sensor damage may result when using replacement equipment that is not of the same size type and or style Aftermarket wheels can cause sensor damage Do not use aftermarket tire sealants or balance beads if your vehicle is equipped with a TPMS as damage to the sensors may result e After inspecting or adjusting the tire pres sure always reinstall the valve stem cap This will prevent moisture and dirt from entering the valve stem which could dam age the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensor NOTE e The TPMS should not be used as a tire pressure gauge while adjusting your tire pressure e Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability e The TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure using an accurate tire gauge even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light e Seasonal temperature changes will affect tire pressure and the TPMS will monitor the actual tire pressure in the tire Base System This is the Tire Pressure Monitoring e System warning indicator located i
279. pts e You will be asked to say a four digit Personal Identification Number PIN which you will later need to enter into your cellular phone You can enter any four digit PIN You will not need to remember this PIN after the initial pairing process e For identification purposes you will be prompted to give the Uconnect Phone a name for your cellular phone Each cellular phone that is paired should be given a unique phone name JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og e You will then be asked to give your cellular phone a priority level between 1 and 7 with 1 being the highest priority You can pair up to seven cellular phones to your Uconnect Phone However at any given time only one cellular phone can be in use connected to your Uconnect Phone The priority allows the Uconnect Phone to know which cellu lar phone to use if multiple cellular phones are in the vehicle at the same time For example if priority 3 and priority 5 phones are present in the vehicle the Uconnect Phone will use the priority 3 cellular phone when you make a call You can select to use a lower priority cellular phone at any time refer to Advanced Phone Connectivity Dial by Saying a Number e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Dial e The system will prompt you to say the num ber you want to call e For example you can sa
280. r Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 228 PAGE POSITION 230 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 30 000 Miles 48 000 km or 48 Months Maintenance Service 37 500 Miles 60 000 km or Schedule 60 Months Maintenance Service 1 Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tt Schedule 1 Rotate tires T Change the engine oil and engine oil 1 Replace the engine air cleaner filter filter tT Replace the spark plugs Q Rotate tires I Adjust the parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Q Flush and replace the engine coolant at 1 Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary 60 months if not done at 105 000 miles 1 Replace the air conditioning filter 168 000 km 1 Inspect the CV joints 1 Inspect exhaust system 1 Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary Odometer Reading Date Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer Signature Authorized Chrysler Dealer 229 PAGE POSITION 231 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 45 000 Miles 72 000 km or 52 500 Miles 84 000 km or 72 Months Maintenance Service 84 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Schedule Q Change the engin
281. r belt behind them or under their arm If a child from 1 to 12 years old not in a rear facing child seat must ride in the front passen ger seat move the seat as far back as possible and use the proper child restraint Refer to Child Restraints You should read the instructions provided with your child restraint to make sure that you are using it properly JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 2 All occupants should ALWAYS wear their lap and shoulder belts properly 3 The driver and front passenger seats should be moved back as far as practical to allow the Advanced Front Airbags room to inflate 4 Do not lean against the door If your vehicle has side airbags and deployment occurs the side airbags will inflate force fully into the space between you and the door 5 If the airbag system in this vehicle needs to be modified to accommodate a disabled person contact the Customer Center Phone numbers are provided under If You Need Assistance 37 pubnum PAGE POSITION 40 WARNING e Relying on the airbags alone could lead to more severe injuries in a collision The airbags work with your seat belt to restrain you properly In some collisions the air bags won t deploy at all Always wear your seat belts even though you have airbags e Being too close to the steering wheel or instrument panel during front airbag de ployment could cause serio
282. r Modules mounted in three of the four wheel wells e Various Tire Pressure Monitoring System Messages which display in the Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC e Yellow Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light Tire Pressure Monitoring Low Pressure Warnings The Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will illuminate in the instrument cluster and an audible chime will be activated when one or more of the four active road tire pressures are low The audible chime will sound once every ignition cycle for each condition that it detects In addition the Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC will display a graphic of the pressure value s with the low tire s flashing JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 81826bed Low Tire Pressure Display Should a low tire condition occur on any of the four active road tire s you should stop as soon as possible and inflate the low tire s that is flashing on the graphic display to the vehicle s recommended cold placard pressure value The system will automatically update the graphic display of the pressure value s will stop flashing and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will extinguish once the updated tire pressure s have been received The ve hicle may need to be driven for up to 20 min utes above 15 mph 25 kph to receive this information pubnum Check TPM System Message The Tire Pressure Moni
283. r best windshield and side window defrosting JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og e Air Conditioner Control Press this button to turn on the air conditioning during manual opera tion only When the air conditioning is turned on cool dehumidified air will flow through the outlets selected with the Mode control dial Press this button a second time to turn OFF the air conditioning An LED in the button illuminates when manual compres sor operation is selected e Recirculation Control The system will automatically con trol recirculation However press CE ing the Recirculation Control but ton will put the system in recirculation mode This can be used when outside conditions such as smoke odors dust or high humidity are present Activating recirculation will cause the LED in the control button to illuminate pubnum NOTE e When the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position the recirculation feature will be cancelled e In cold weather use of the Recirculation mode may lead to excessive window fog ging The Recirculation mode is not al lowed in the floor defrost or defrost floor mode in order to improve window clear ing Recirculation will be disabled auto matically if these modes are selected e Extended use of recirculation may cause the windows to fog If the interior of the windows begins to fog press the Recir culation button to retur
284. r dirt from a dry windshield Avoid using the wiper blades to remove frost or ice from the windshield Make sure that they are not frozen to the glass before JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og turning them on to avoid damaging the blade Keep the blade rubber out of contact with petroleum products such as engine oil gaso line etc NOTE Life expectancy of wiper blades varies de pending on geographical area and fre quency of use Poor performance of blades may be present with chattering marks wa ter lines or wet spots If any condition is present please proceed to clean wiper blades with humid cloth removing any de bris that may be affecting its function Adding Washer Fluid The washer fluid reservoir is located in the engine compartment and the fluid level should be checked at regular intervals Fill the reser voir with windshield washer solvent only not radiator antifreeze 205 pubnum PAGE POSITION 208 WARNING Commercially available windshield washer solvents are flammable They could ignite and burn you Care must be exercised when filling or working around the washer solution Exhaust System The best protection against carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle body is a properly main tained engine exhaust system If you notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system or if exhaust fumes can be detected inside the vehicle or
285. r problems reset mechanism ting the head restraints see an authorized dealer e For safety reasons have the Active Head Restraints checked by a qualified special ist at an authorized dealer 022607757 3 Final Downward Movement To Engage Locking Mechanism 33 PAGE POSITION 35 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum PAGE POSITION 36 Enhanced Seat Belt Use Reminder System BeltAlert f the driver s seat belt has not been buckled within 60 seconds of starting the vehicle and if he vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph 8 km h the BeltAlert will alert the driver to buckle the seat belt The driver should also instruct all other occupants to buckle their seat belts Once the warning is triggered the BeltAlert will continue to chime and flash the Seat Belt Reminder Light for 96 seconds or until he driver s seat belt is buckled The BeltAlert will be reactivated if the driver s seat belt is unbuckled for more than 10 seconds and the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph 8 km h NOTE e BeltAlert can be enabled or disabled by your authorized dealer Chrysler Group LLC does not recommend deactivating BeltAlert e Although BeltAlert has been deacti vated the Seat Belt Reminder Light will continue to illuminate while the driver seat belt remains unfastened 34 Seat Belts And Pregnant Women We recommend that pregnant women use the seat b
286. r twice within five seconds to unlock all doors and liftgate The turn signal lights will flash to acknowledge the unlock signal The illuminated entry system will also turn on pubnum PAGE POSITION 20 Remote Key Unlock Driver Door All First Press This feature lets you program the system to unlock either the driver s door or all doors on the first press of the UNLOCK button on the RKE transmitter To change the current setting proceed as follows e For vehicles equipped with the Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features in Understanding Your Instrument Panel for further informa tion e For vehicles not equipped with the EVIC perform the following steps 1 Press and hold the LOCK button on a pro grammed RKE transmitter for at least 4 sec onds but no longer than 10 seconds Then press and hold the UNLOCK button while still holding the LOCK button 2 Release both buttons at the same time 3 Test the feature while outside of the vehicle by pressing the LOCK UNLOCK buttons on the 18 RKE transmitter with the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the key removed 4 Repeat these steps if you want to return this feature to its previous setting NOTE Pressing the LOCK button on the RKE trans mitter while you are inside the vehicle will activate the Vehicle Security Alarm Opening a doo
287. r with the Vehicle Security Alarm acti vated will cause the alarm to sound Press the UNLOCK button to deactivate the Ve hicle Security Alarm Illuminated Approach If Equipped This feature activates the headlights for up to 90 seconds when the doors are unlocked with the RKE transmitter The time for this feature is programmable on vehicles equipped with the EVIC Refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features in Understanding Your Instrument Panel for further information To Lock The Doors And Liftgate Press and release the LOCK button on the RKE transmitter to lock all doors and liftgate The JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og turn signal lights will flash and the horn will chirp to acknowledge the signal Flash Lights With Remote Key Lock Unlock This feature will cause the turn signal lights to flash when the doors are locked or unlocked with the RKE transmitter This feature can be turned on or turned off To change the current setting proceed as follows e For vehicles equipped with the EVIC refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features in Understanding Your Instrument Panel for further informa tion e For vehicles not equipped with the EVIC perform the following steps 1 Press and hold the UNLOCK button on a programmed RKE tr
288. rbing steering column and Steering wheel Knee bolsters blockers for front seat occu pants Front seat belts incorporate pretensioners to enhance occupant protection by managing occupant energy during an impact event if equipped All seat belt systems except the driver s include Automatic Locking Retractors ALRs which lock the seat belt webbing into position by extending the belt all the way out and then adjusting the belt to the desired JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og length to restrain a child seat or secure a large item in a seat if equipped If you will be carrying children too small for adult sized seat belts the seat belts or the Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren LATCH feature also can be used to hold infant and child restraint systems For more informa tion on LATCH see Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren LATCH NOTE The Advanced Front Airbags have a multi stage inflator design This allows the airbag to have different rates of inflation based on severity and type of collision Please pay close attention to the informa tion in this section It tells you how to use your restraint system properly to keep you and your passengers as safe as possible 25 pubnum PAGE POSITION 28 WARNING In a collision you and your passengers can suffer much greater injuries if you are not properly buckled up You can strike the interior
289. rected through the panel and floor outlets NOTE For all settings except full cold or full hot there is a difference in temperature between the upper and lower outlets The warmer air flows to the floor outlets This feature gives improved comfort during sunny but cool conditions Floor Air is directed through the floor outlets e with a small amount flowing through the defrost and side window demist outlets Mix Qe Airis directed through the floor defrost and side window demist outlets This setting works best in cold or snowy conditions that require extra heat to the windshield This setting is good for maintaining comfort while reducing moisture on the wind shield JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Defrost Air is directed through the windshield and side window demist outlets Use this mode with maximum blower and temperature settings for best windshield and side window defrosting NOTE The air conditioning compressor operates in Mix Defrost or a blend of these modes even if the Air Conditioning A C button is not pressed This dehumidifies the air to help dry the windshield To improve fuel economy use these modes only when nec essary Recirculation Control Pressing the Recirculation Control will put the system into to recircu gt lation mode This can be used when outside conditions such as smoke odors dust or high humid ity are present
290. rol 127 Automatic Transaxle 13 139 142 179 211 Fluid Level 212 Interlock System 143 Overheating 179 Selection Of Lubricant 211 SOMA haus das Yen dp 2 dus 143 Special Additives 212 Aut s ick ae argae God 144 Bauer cesse end oes 203 Keyless Transmitter Replacement poser m duds 19 Belts Seat 51 Beverage Cooler 101 Body Mechanism Lubrication 205 Brake Assist System 151 Brake Fluid 2 55 2222 mx 223 Brake Parking 148 JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Brake System Anti Lock ABS Master Cylinder Parking Warning Light Brakes Brake Transmission Interlock Break In Recommendations New Vehicle Bulb Replacement Bulbs Light Capacities Antifreeze Engine Coolant Capacities Fluid Caps Filler Fuel Oil Engine Power Steering Car Washes Carbon Monoxide Warning Cargo Area Cover Cargo Area Features Cargo Compartment Light Cargo Light pubnum 165 147 Cargo Load Floor 99 Cargo Tie Downs 99 Cellular Phone 60 124 Center High Mounted Stop Light 220 Chains aoa som tem xs 158 Changing A Flat Tire 185 Check Engine Light Malfunction Indicator Light
291. rough the Sealant Hose 6 PAGE POSITION 185 1 Press the Power Button 4 to turn OFF the TIREFIT kit Disconnect the Sealant Hose 6 from the valve stem Make sure the valve stem is free of debris Reconnect the Sealant Hose 6 to the valve stem Check that the Mode Select Knob 5 is in the sealant mode position and not air mode Press the Power Button 4 to turn ON the TIREFIT kit 2 Connect the Power Plug 8 to a different 12 Volt power outlet in your vehicle or another vehicle if available Make sure the engine is running before turning ON the TIREFIT kit 3 The Sealant Bottle 1 may be empty due to previous use Call for assistance NOTE If the Mode Select Knob 5 is on air mode and pump is operating air will dispense from the Air Pump Hose 7 only not the Sealant Hose 6 If the sealant white fluid does flow through the Sealant Hose 6 1 Continue to operate pump until sealant is no longer flowing through hose typically takes 30 70 seconds As the sealant flows through the JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Sealant Hose 6 the Pressure Gauge 3 can read as high as 70 psi 5 Bar The Pressure Gauge 3 will decrease quickly from approxi mately 70 psi 5 Bar to the actual tire pressure when the Sealant Bottle 1 is empty 2 The pump will start to inject air into the tire immediately after the Sealant Bottle 1 is empty Co
292. round nn nn Never Never Front or rear wheel lifts should not be used Front or Internal damage to the transmission will Rear Wheels occur if a front or rear wheel lift is used on Ground when recreational towing Flat Bed Tow Yes Yes All Wheels on Bed of Truck 175 PAGE POSITION 177 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 176 PAGE POSITION 178 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 179 WHAT TO DO IN EMERGENCIES e HAZARD WARNING FLASHER e IF YOUR ENGINE OVERHEATS e AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE OVERHEATING e TIREFIT IF EQUIPPED eTIREFIT Storage ee o E e TIREFIT Kit Components and Operation TIREFIT Usage Precautions e Sealing a Tire with TIREFIT e JACKING AND TIRE CHANGING sacki location e TETTE e Spare Tire Stowage e Preparations For Jacking e Jacking Instructions o nen te a nee e JUMP STARTING PROCEDURES Preparations for Jump Start e Jump Starting Procedure JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum PAGE POSITION 180 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB
293. rous to try to repair any part of the airbag system yourself Be sure to tell anyone who works on your vehicle that it has an airbag system e Do not attempt to modify any part of your advanced airbag system The airbag may inflate accidentally or may not function properly if modifications are made Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer for any advanced airbag system service If your seat including your trim cover and cushion needs to be serviced in any way including removal or loosening tightening of seat at Continued JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og tachment bolts take the vehicle to your authorized dealer Only manufacturer ap proved seat accessories may be used If it is necessary to modify an advanced airbag System for persons with disabilities contact your authorized dealer 41 pubnum PAGE POSITION 44 Airbag Warning Light e Y You will want to have the airbags ready to inflate for your protection in a collision While the airbag sys tem is designed to be mainte nance free if any of the following occurs have an authorized dealer service the system immediately e The Airbag Warning Light does not come on during the six to eight seconds when the ignition switch is first turned on e The light remains on after the six to eight second interval e The light comes on and remains on while driving NOTE If the speedome
294. rs 132 Signals Turn 51 110 218 Slippery Surfaces Driving On 145 Snow Chains Tire Chains 158 Sound Systems Radio 120 Sound Systems Refer to the Sound Systems Booklet Spare Tire 156 186 Speed Control Cruise Control 92 110 Speedometer 107 Starting e ra ete 139 140 Automatic Transmission 139 Engine Fails to Start 140 Manual Transmission 139 Starting and Operating 140 Starting Procedures 139 Steering POWER u ne ace ke Ps A 147 Tilt Column 91 262 PAGE POSITION 264 Wheelhll ck sigi 24 nie 14 Steering Wheel Mounted Sound System Controls 123 SOA 2555 oursons 217 Storage Vehicle 2 131 Stuck Freeing 191 SUA ROOT cn 218 ok an E es 94 Sun Visor Extension 60 Supplemental Restraint System AirBag 2 2 edd es ERR 34 Synthetic Engine Oil 203 System Navigation uconnect gps 123 Tachometer za saas Roe eR Are 109 TaillightS ses ad ass at 218 Temperature Control Automatic ATC 127 Temperature Gauge Engine Coolant ee dk RR 107 179 Tether Anchor Child Restraint 48 Theft Alarm Security Alarm 15 16 Theft System Security Alarm 15 16 Tie Down Hooks Cargo 99 Tilt Steering Column 91 TIREEIT 2 eR RP A 180
295. rs which change fluid level conditions The vehicle should have service performed and the brake fluid level checked f brake failure is indicated immediate repair is necessary WARNING Driving a vehicle with the red brake light on is dangerous Part of the brake system may have failed It will take longer to stop the vehicle You could have an accident Have the vehicle checked immediately Vehicles equipped with the Anti Lock Brake System ABS are also equipped with Elec tronic Brake Force Distribution EBD In the event of an EBD failure the Brake Warning Light will turn on along with the ABS Light Immediate repair to the ABS system is re quired Operation of the Brake Warning Light can be checked by turning the ignition switch from the PAGE POSITION 111 OFF position to the ON position The light should illuminate for approximately two sec onds The light should then turn off unless the parking brake is applied or a brake fault is detected If the light does not illuminate have the light inspected by an authorized dealer The light also will turn on when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the ON position NOTE This light shows only that the parking brake is applied It does not show the degree of brake application 12 Tachometer The white area of the scale shows the permis sible engine revolutions per minute RPM x 1000 for each gear range Before reaching the red
296. rs JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og A C on or off 045609172 129 pubnum PAGE POSITION 132 The operator can override the AUTO mode setting to change airflow distribution by rotating the Mode Control knob on the right to one of the following positions e Panel 7 Air is directed through the outlets in the instrument panel These outlets can be adjusted to direct airflow NOTE The center instrument panel outlets can be aimed so that they are directed toward the rear seat passengers for maximum airflow to the rear Bi Level Air is directed through the panel and toor outlets NOTE For all settings except full cold or full hot there is a difference in temperature between the upper and lower outlets The warmer air flows to the floor outlets This feature gives improved comfort during sunny but cool conditions 130 e Floor Air is directed through the floor outlets with small amount flowing through the defrost and side window demist outlets e Mix Ve Air is directed through the floor defrost and side window demist outlets This setting works best in cold or snowy conditions that require extra heat to the windshield This setting is good for maintaining comfort while reducing moisture on the wind shield e Defrost Air is directed through the windshield and side window demist outlets Use this mode with maximum blower and temperature settings fo
297. s e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Continued JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING Continued e Wearing a seat belt incorrectly is danger ous Seat belts are designed to go around the large bones of your body These are the strongest parts of your body and can take the forces of a collision the best e Wearing your belt in the wrong place could make your injuries in a collision much worse You might suffer internal injuries or you could even slide out of part of the belt Follow these instructions to wear your seat belt safely and to Keep your passengers safe too e Two people should never be belted into a single seat belt People belted together can crash into one another in an accident hurting one another badly Never use a lap shoulder belt or lap belt for more than one person no matter what their size pubnum Lap Shoulder Belt Operating Instructions 1 Enter the vehicle and close the door Sit back and adjust the seat 2 The seat belt latch plate is along side the pillar near the back of your seat Grasp the latch plate and pull out the belt Slide the latch plate up the webbing as far as necessary to allow the belt to g0 around your lap Pulling Out the Latch Plate 3 When the belt is long enough to fit insert the latch plate into the buckle until you hear a click PA
298. s tration Plate Illumination Device 6 Stop Lights Red 7 Left Rear Po Black sition Side Marker Lights and Rear Regis tration Plate Illumination Device The rear position registration plate illumina tion device shall be connected such that no light of the device has a common connection with both pins 5 and 7 pubnum Right Rear Brown 10 Power Supply Red Position Side Controlled by Marker Ignition Lights and Switch Rear Regis 12V tration Plate 11 Return for White Illumination Contact Pin Device 10 Stop Lights Red 12 Reserve for Red Blue 81199461 Left Rear Po Black Future Alloca Thirteen Pin Connector sition Side tion Marker 13 Return for White Pin Number Function Wire Color Lights and Contact Pin 1 Left Turn Sig Yellow Rear Regis 9 nal tration Plate Note The allocation pin 12 has been 2 Rear Fog Blue illumination changed from Coding for coupled Trailer to Light Device Reserve for Future Allocation ga Ground White Reverse Red Black The three return circuits shall not be con Common Re lights nected electrically in the trailer turn for Con Permanent Brown White The rear position registration plate illumina tacts Pins 1 Power Supply tion device shall be connected such that no and 2 and 4 12V light of the device has a common connection to 8 with bo
299. s Skin oils may cause battery deterioration If you touch a battery clean it with rubbing alcohol JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og 3 To assemble the transmitter case snap the two halves together NOTE If the transmitter is equipped with a screw reinstall and tighten the screw until snug General Information The transmitter and receivers operate on a carrier frequency of 433 92 MHz as required by EEC regulations These devices must be certi fied to conform to specific regulations in each individual country Two sets of regulations are involved ETS European Telecommunication Standard 300 220 which most countries use and German BZT federal regulation 2252125 which is based on ETC 300 220 but has addi tional unique requirements Other defined re quirements are noted in ANNEX VI of COMMIS SION DIRECTIVE 95 56 Operation is subject to the following two conditions e This device may not cause harmful interfer ence e This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 19 pubnum PAGE POSITION 22 If your RKE transmitter fails to operate from a normal distance check for these two condi tions 1 Weak battery in the transmitter The ex pected life of the battery is a minimum of three years 2 Closeness to a radio transmitter such as a radio station tower airport transmitter a
300. se 6 can result in sealant contacting your skin clothing and the vehicle s interior It can also result in sealant contacting internal TIREFIT kit components which may cause permanent damage to the kit D Securing TIREFIT Sealant in the Tire Immediately after injecting sealant and inflat ing tire drive the vehicle 5 miles 8 km or 10 minutes to ensure distribution of the TIREFIT Sealant within the tire Do not exceed 55 mph 88 km h WARNING TIREFIT is not a permanent flat tire repair Have the tire inspected and repaired or re placed after using TIREFIT Do not exceed 55 mph 88 km h until having the tire repaired or replaced Failure to follow this warning can result in injuries that are serious or fatal to you your passengers and others around you JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og E After Securing TIREFIT Sealant in the Tire Follow Step A Whenever You Stop to Use TIREFIT before continuing 1 Turn the Mode Select Knob 5 to the Air Mode position 2 Uncoil the Air Pump Hose 7 and connect it to the valve stem 3 Check the pressure in the tire by reading the Pressure Gauge 3 If tire pressure is less than 19 psi 1 3 Bar the tire is too badly damaged Do not attempt to drive the vehicle further Call for assistance If the tire pressure is 19 psi 1 3 bar or higher 1 Press the Power Button 4 to on and inflate the tire
301. se caution and take precautionary safety measures By dial ing a number with your paired Bluetooth cel lular phone the audio will be played through your vehicle s audio system The Uconnect Phone will work the same as if you dial the number using Voice Command NOTE Certain brands of cellular phones do not send the dial ring to the Uconnect Phone to play it on the vehicle audio system so 69 pubnum PAGE POSITION 72 you will not hear it Under this situation after successfully dialing a number the user may feel that the call did not go through even though the call is in progress Once your call is answered you will hear the audio Mute Un Mute Mute Off When you mute the Uconnect Phone you will still be able to hear the conversation coming from the other party but the other party will not be able to hear you In order to mute the Uconnect Phone e Press the vr button e Following the beep say Mute In order to un mute the Uconnect Phone e Press the button e Following the beep say Mute off Advanced Phone Connectivity Transfer Call to and from Cellular Phone The Uconnect Phone allows ongoing calls to be transferred from your cellular phone to the Uconnect Phone without terminating the call 70 To transfer an ongoing call from your Uconnect Phone paired cellular phone to the Uconnect Phone or vice versa press the 4 SVR button and say Transfer Call
302. side windows The trim covering the side airbags is labeled SRS AIRBAG This vehicle may also be equipped with Supple mental Side Seat Airbags If the vehicle is equipped with Supplemental Side Seat Airbags they are marked with an airbag label sewn into the outboard side of the seat NOTE Airbag covers may not be obvious in the interior trim but they will open during airbag deployment Airbag System Components The Advanced Front Airbag system consists of the following e Occupant Restraint Controller ORC e Front and Side Impact Sensors e Airbag Warning Light e Driver Front Airbag e Front Passenger Airbag e Supplemental Rear Impact Active Head Re straint for Driver and Front Passenger PAGE POSITION 37 e Supplemental Side Airbag Inflatable Cur tains If Equipped e Supplemental Side Seat Airbags If Equipped e Steering Wheel and Column e Instrument Panel e Knee Impact Bolsters e Driver Inflatable Knee Blocker Driver and Front Passenger Seat Belt Preten Sioners If Equipped Advanced Front Airbag Features The Advanced Front Airbag system has multi stage driver and front passenger airbags This System provides output appropriate to the se verity and type of collision as determined by the Occupant Restraint Controller ORC which may receive information from the impact sen sors at the front of the car The first stage inflator is triggered immediately during an impact that requires airbag
303. smission failure JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og WARNING Continued operation with the Transmission Temperature Warning Light illuminated could cause the fluid to boil over come in contact with hot engine or exhaust components caus ing a fire that may result in personal injury 28 High Beam Indicator This indicator shows that the high beam headlights are on Push the mul tifunction lever forward to switch the headlights to high beam and pull toward your self normal position to return to low beam 29 Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Display If Equipped When the appropriate conditions exist this display shows the EVIC messages Refer to the Electronic Vehicle Information Cen ter EVIC for further information 30 Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Button If Equipped Pushing this button will switch between the different EVIC functions 113 pubnum PAGE POSITION 116 Refer to the Electronic Vehicle Information Cen ter EVIC for further information 31 Rear Fog Light Indicator This indicator will illuminate when the QE rear fog lights are on 32 Wait To Start Light Diesel Only The glow plug light will illuminate when the ignition key is first turned to the ON position Wait until the glow plug light turns OFF then start the vehicle ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER EVIC
304. ss the clutch pedal is pressed to the floor PAGE POSITION 141 Automatic Transaxle If Equipped The shift lever must be in the PARK or NEU TRAL position before you can start the engine Apply the brakes before shifting to any driving gear NOTE You must press the brake pedal before shift ing out of PARK Tip Start NOTE Normal starting of either a cold or a warm engine is obtained without pumping or pressing the accelerator pedal Do not press the accelerator Turn the ignition switch to the START position and release it as soon as the starter engages The starter motor will continue to run and it will disengage auto matically when the engine is running If the engine fails to start the starter will disengage automatically in 10 seconds If this occurs turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position wait 10 to 15 seconds then repeat the Normal Start ing procedure JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og Normal Starting Gasoline Engine Normal starting of either a cold or a warm engine does not require pumping or pressing the accelerator pedal Simply turn the ignition Switch to the START position and release when the engine starts If the engine fails to start within 15 seconds turn the ignition switch to the OFF position wait 10 to 15 seconds then repeat the Normal Starting procedure WARNING Do not attempt to push or tow your vehicle to
305. ssion Automatic Transmission CVT If Equipped Selection Of Lubricant It is important that the proper lubricant is used in the transmission to assure optimum transmis sion performance Use only the manufacturer s recommended transmission fluid which has been formulated with special metal to metal friction coefficient additives to provide the proper steel belt traction on the drive and driven pulleys Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further information CAUTION Using a transmission fluid other than the manufacturer s recommended fluid will cause belt slip and result in a complete transmission failure Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further information 211 PAGE POSITION 213 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 214 Fluid Level Check The fluid level in the automatic transmission should be checked only by a trained techni cian Fluid And Filter Changes Refer to Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance intervals Special Additives Do not add any materials other than leak detection dyes to Continuously Variable Trans mission CVT Fluid CVTF 4 CVTF 4 is an engineered product and its performance may be impaired by supplemental additives CAUTION Do not use chemical flushes in your transmis sion
306. st the volume to a comfortable level while the Voice Command system is speaking Please note the volume setting for Voice Com mand is different than the audio system Main Menu Start a dialogue by pressing the Voice Command button You say Main Menu to switch to the main menu In this mode you can say the following com mands e Radio to switch to the radio mode Disc to switch to the disc mode 78 e Memo to switch to the memo recorder e System Setup to switch to system setup Radio AM or Radio Long Wave or Radio Medium Wave If Equipped To switch to the AM band say AM or Radio AM In this mode you may say the following commands e Frequency to change the frequency e Next Station to select the next station e Previous Station to select the previous station e Radio Menu to switch to the radio menu e Main Menu to switch to the main menu Radio FM To switch to the FM band say FM or Radio FM In this mode you may say the following commands e Frequency to change the frequency e Next Station to select the next station e Previous Station to select the previous station JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og e Radio Menu to switch to the radio menu e Main Menu to switch to the main menu Disc To switch to the disc mode say Disc In th
307. sted speed If the high speed is maintained the overheating will reoccur as before in a cyclic fashion TIREFIT KIT IF EQUIPPED Small punctures up to 1 4 6 mm in the tire tread can be sealed with TIREFIT Foreign objects e g screws or nails should not be removed from the tire TIREFIT can be used in outside temperatures down to approximately 4 F 20 C This kit will provide a temporary tire seal allow ing you to drive your vehicle up to 100 miles 160 km with a maximum speed of 55 mph 88 km hr TIREFIT Storage The TIREFIT kit is located in the trunk 180 TIREFIT Location TIREFIT Kit Components and Operation a Sealant Bottle Deflation Button If Equipped Pressure Gauge Mode Select Knob y 2 3 4 Power Button 5 6 Sealant Hose Clear with Yellow Cap T Air Pump Hose Black 8 Power Plug Using the Mode Select Knob and Hoses Your TIREFIT kit may be equipped with either of the following symbols to indicate the air or sealant mode Selecting Air Mode Turn the Mode Select Knob 5 to this position for air pump operation only Use the Black Air A Pump Hose 7 when selecting this mode JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum Selecting Sealant Mode Turn the Mode Select Knob 5 to this position 4 wi to inject the TIREFIT Jh the tire Use the Sealant Hose clear hose with the yellow cap
308. t is stopped by an obstruction in the seat s path WARNING Do not ride with the seatback reclined so that the shoulder belt is no longer resting against your chest In a collision you could slide under the seat belt and be seriously or even fatally injured Use the recliner only when the vehicle is parked WARNING Adjusting a seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous The sudden movement of the seat could cause you to lose control The seat belt might not be properly adjusted and you could be injured Adjust the seat only while the vehicle is parked Six Way Power Seats If Equipped The power seat switch is located on the out board side of the seat near the floor Use the Switch to move the seat up down forward rearward or to tilt the seat PAGE POSITION 83 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Heated Seats If Equipped This feature heats the front driver and passen ger seats The heaters provide the same heat evel for both cushion and back The controls for the front heated seats are located on the center instrument panel area After turning the ignition ON you can choose from High Low or Off heat settings Amber indicator lights in each switch indicate the level of heat in use Two indicator lights will illuminate for High one for Low and none for Off al Press the switch once to select High level heating Press the
309. t lever in PARK the key may become trapped temporarily in the ignition cylinder If this occurs rotate the key to the right slightly then remove the key as described If a malfunction occurs the system will trap the key in the ignition cylinder to warn you Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og that this safety feature is inoperable The engine can be started and stopped but the key cannot be removed until you obtain service WARNING Never leave children alone in a vehicle Leav ing children in a vehicle unattended is danger ous for a number of reasons A child or others could be seriously or fatally injured Don t leave the key in the ignition A child could operate power windows other controls or move the vehicle CAUTION Always remove key from the ignition and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle unat tended Manual Transaxle If Equipped 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position 2 Push the key and cylinder inward and rotate the key to the LOCK position pubnum PAGE POSITION 16 3 Remove the key from the lock cylinder Locking Doors With A Key You can insert the key with either side up To lock the door turn the key rearward To unlock the door turn the key forward See Maintaining Your Vehicle for door lock lubrication Key In Ignition Reminder Opening the driver s door when the key is in the ignition and the ig
310. t must be placed in the mid track travel position or forward of this position with the seat back in the vertical position Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren LATCH Your vehicle is equipped with the child restraint anchorage system called LATCH which stands for Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren The LATCH system provides for the installation of the child restraint without using the vehicle seat belt All three rear seating positions have lower anchorages that are capable of accommodat ing LATCH compatible child seats having flex ible webbing mounted lower attachments Child seats with fixed lower attachments must be installed in the outboard positions only Regardless of the specific type of lower attach ment NEVER install LATCH compatible child seats such that two seats share a common ower anchorage If you are installing LATCH compatible child restraints in adjacent rear seating positions you can use the LATCH anchors or the vehicle s seat belt for the out 48 board position but you must use the vehicle s seat belt at the center position If your child restraints are not LATCH compatible you can only install the child restraints using the vehi cle s seat belts Please refer to Installing the Child Restraint System for typical installation instructions 2 Rear Seat LATCH Anchorages JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Child restraints systems ha
311. tem is speaking is known as barging in The system will be interrupted and after the beep you can add or change commands This will become helpful once you start to learn the options NOTE At any time you can say the words Can cel Help or Main Menu JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og These commands are universal and can be used from any menu All other commands can be used depending upon the active applica tion For example if you are in the disc menu and you are listening to FM radio you can speak commands from the disc menu or from the FM radio menu When using this system you should speak clearly and at a normal speaking volume The system will best recognize your speech if the windows are closed and the heater air conditioning fan is set to low At any point if the system does not recognize one of your commands you will be prompted to repeat it To hear the first available Menu press the Voice Command ye button and say Help or Main Menu 77 pubnum PAGE POSITION 80 Commands The Voice Command system understands two types of commands Universal commands are available at all times Local commands are available if the supported radio mode is active Changing the Volume 1 Start a dialogue by pressing the Voice Command button 2 Say a command e g Help 3 Use the ON OFF VOLUME rotary knob to adju
312. ter tachometer or any en gine related gauges are not working the Occupant Restraint Controller ORC may also be disabled The airbags may not be ready to inflate for your protection Promptly check the fuse block for blown fuses Refer to the label located on the inside of the fuse block cover for the proper airbag fuses See your authorized dealer if the fuse is good 42 Event Data Recorder EDR In the event of an accident your vehicle is designed to record up to five seconds of spe cific vehicle data parameters see list below in an event data recorder prior to the moment of airbag deployment or near deployment if ap plicable and up to a quarter second of either high speed deceleration data or change in velocity during and or after airbag deployment or near deployment EDR data is ONLY re corded if an airbag deploys or nearly deploys and is otherwise unavailable NOTE 1 A near deployment event occurs when the airbag sensor detects severe vehicle deceleration usually indicative of a crash but not severe enough to warrant airbag deployment 2 Under certain circumstances EDR data may not be recorded e g loss of battery power In conjunction with other data gathered during a complete accident investigation the elec tronic data may be used by Chrysler Group LLC and others to learn more about the pos JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og sible causes
313. th pins 5 and 7 4 Right Turn Green Signal 173 PAGE POSITION 175 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 176 Towing Tips Before setting out on a trip practice turning stopping and backing the trailer in an area away from heavy traffic f using a manual transmission vehicle for trailer owing all starts must be in FIRST gear to avoid excessive clutch slippage Automatic Transmission If Equipped Refer to Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance intervals Electronic Speed Control If Equipped Do not use hilly terrain or with heavy loads When using the speed control if you expe rience speed drops greater than 16 km h 10 mph disengage until you can get back o cruising speed Use speed control in flat terrain and with light oads to maximize fuel efficiency Cooling System To reduce potential for engine and transmission overheating take the following actions 174 City Driving When stopped for short periods of time shift the transmission into NEUTRAL and increase engine idle speed Highway Driving Reduce speed Air Conditioning Turn off temporarily Trailer Hitch Attaching Points Your vehicle will require extra equipment to tow a trailer safely and efficiently The trailer tow hitch must be attached to your vehicle using the provided attaching points on the vehicle s frame Refer to the foll
314. the K amp P button to turn recirculate off and adjust the temperature control for comfort Press the button to turn recirculate off If it s sunny set the Mode control at or near 27 and turn the air conditioning on If it s cloudy or dark set the Mode control at or near gt COOL OR COLD Press the lt lt button to turn recirculate off vn CONDITIONS If it s sunny set the Mode control at or between 5 and 4 then turn the air conditioning on If it s cloudy or dark set the Mode control at or near 7 turn 6 Th p the air conditioning on If the windows begin to fog set Mode control at or between 97 S COLD DRY Set the Mode control at or near If it is sunny you may want more upper air In CONDITIONS this case set the Mode control at or between y4 and 24 In very cold weather p if you need extra heat at the windshield set the Mode control at or near the 045606725 138 PAGE POSITION 135 JOB 2 pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum 134 PAGE POSITION 136 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum STARTING AND OPERATING e STARTINGIPROCEDURES
315. the system If this occurs obtain service as Soon as possible Automatic Transmission Ignition Interlock System This system prevents the key from being re moved unless the shift lever is in PARK It also prevents shifting out of PARK unless the key is in the ON position and the brake pedal is pressed NOTE If a malfunction occurs the system will trap the key in the ignition cylinder to warn you that this safety feature is inoperable The engine can be started and stopped but the key cannot be removed until you obtain service Gear Ranges DO NOT race the engine when shifting from PARK or NEUTRAL position into another gear range PAGE POSITION 145 PARK This range supplements the parking brake by locking the transmission The engine can be started in this range Never use PARK while the vehicle is in motion Apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle in this range Always apply the parking brake first and then place the shift lever in the PARK position WARNING Unintended movement of a vehicle could in jure those in and near the vehicle As with all vehicles you should never exit a vehicle while the engine is running Before exiting a vehicle you should always shift the vehicle into PARK remove the key from the ignition and apply the parking brake Once the key is removed from the ignition the shift lever is locked in the PARK position securing the vehicle against unwanted movement Furthermore yo
316. thing Do not lean over a battery when attaching clamps If acid splashes in eyes or on skin flush the area immediately with large amounts of water Battery gas is flammable and explosive Keep flame or sparks away from the bat tery Do not use a booster battery or any other booster source with an output greater than 12 Volts Do not allow cable clamps to touch each other Battery posts terminals and related acces Sories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling The battery in this vehicle has a vent hose that should not be disconnected and should only be replaced with a battery of the same type vented CAUTION e essential when replacing the cables on the battery that the positive cable is at tached to the positive post and the negative cable is attached to the negative post Battery posts are marked positive and negative and are identified on the bat tery case Cable clamps should be tight on the terminal posts and free of corrosion e f a fast charger is used while the battery is in the vehicle disconnect both vehicle battery cables before connecting the charger to the battery Do not use a fast charger to provide starting voltage Air Conditioner Maintenance For best possible performance your air condi tioner should be checked and serviced by an authorized dealer at the start of each warm season This service should include cleaning of the condenser fins and a performa
317. tinue from the last fuel reading before the reset Distance To Empty DTE Shows the estimated distance that can be traveled with the fuel remaining in the tank This estimated distance is determined by a weighted average of the instantaneous and average fuel economy according to the current fuel tank level This is not resettable NOTE Significant changes in driving style or ve hicle loading will greatly affect the actual drivable distance of the vehicle regardless of the DTE displayed value When the DTE value is less than 30 miles 48 km estimated driving distance the DTE JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og display will change to a text display of LOW FUEL This display will continue until the ve hicle runs out of fuel Adding a significant amount of fuel to the vehicle will turn off the LOW FUEL text and a new DTE value will be displayed based on the current values in the DTE calculation and the current fuel tank level Elapsed Time Shows the total elapsed time of travel since the ast reset when the ignition switch is in the ACC position Elapsed time will increment when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position Tire Pressure Monitor TPM If Equipped Refer to Starting And Operating Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS for system op eration Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features This allows the driver to set and r
318. tion Lever The multifunction lever controls the operation of the headlights front position lights side marker lights turn signals headlight beam selection instrument panel light dimming interior lights the passing lights and fog lights The lever is located on the left side of the steering column 031407684 Multifunction Lever pubnum Headlights and Position Lights Front Fog Lights If Equipped Rear Fog Lights If Equipped Turn the end of the multifunction lever to the first The front fog light switch is on the multifunction detent to activate position lights Turn to the lever To activate the front fog lights turn on the Bub 2 a nn second detent for headlight operation position lights or the headlights and pull out the Ot YIS P to fog To activate the rear fog lights turn on the front position lights or the headlights pull out the end of the multifunction lever and rotate the lever to the last detent end of the control lever 031407685 031407687 Head Light Control Front Fog Light Control Lights on Reminder If the headlights or position lights are on after 031407685 the ignition is turned OFF a chime will sound to alert the driver when the driver s door is Head Light Control opened 87 PAGE POSITION 89 JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum PAGE POSITION 90 Turn Signals Move the multifunction lever up or down an
319. tion has been de tected in the ESC system If this light remains on after several ignition cycles and the vehicle has been driven several miles kilometers at speeds greater than 30 mph 48 km h see your authorized dealer as soon as possible to have the problem diagnosed and corrected NOTE e The ESC Off Indicator Light and the ESC Malfunction Indicator Light come on momentarily each time the ignition switch is turned ON e Each time the ignition is turned ON the ESC system will be ON even if it was turned off previously e The ESC system will make buzzing or clicking sounds when it is active This is normal the sounds will stop when ESC becomes inactive following the maneuver that caused the ESC activation ESC Operating Modes The ESC system has two available operating modes 154 Full On This is the normal operating mode for ESC Whenever the vehicle is started the ESC sys tem will be in this On mode This mode should be used for most driving situations ESC should only be turned to Partial Off for specific reasons as noted below Partial Off This mode is entered by momentarily pressing the ESC Off switch This mode is intended to be used if the vehicle is in deep snow sand or gravel conditions and more wheel spin than ESC would normally allow is required to gain traction To turn ESC on again momentarily press the ESC Off switch This will restore the normal ESC On mode of operation
320. tion the new Sealant Bottle 1 to the housing so that the Sealant Hose 6 aligns with the hose slot in the front of the housing and the alignment keys on the bottom of the bottle align with the alignment slots in the housing Then press the bottle into the housing An audible click will be heard indicating the bottle is locked in place 6 Verify the yellow cap is installed on the fitting at the end of the Sealant Hose 6 and return JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og the hose to its storage area located on the bottom of the air pump 7 Return the TIREFIT kit to its storage location in the vehicle JACKING AND TIRE CHANGING WARNING e Being under a jacked up vehicle is danger ous The vehicle could slip off the jack and fall on you You could be crushed Never put any part of your body under a vehicle that is on a jack Never start or run the engine while the vehicle is on a jack If you need to get under a raised vehicle take it to a service center where it can be raised on a lift e The jack is designed to use as a tool for changing tires only The jack should not be used to lift the vehicle for service purposes The vehicle should be jacked on a firm level surface only Avoid ice or slippery areas 185 pubnum PAGE POSITION 188 Jack Location The jack and jack handle are stowed under the load floor in the cargo area 8179114
321. toring Telltale Light will flash on and off for 75 seconds and remain on solid when a system fault is detected The system fault will also sound a chime The EVIC will display a CHECK TPM SYSTEM message for three seconds This text message is then followed by a graphic display with in place of the pressure value s indicating which Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensor s is not being re ceived 81826bd7 Check TPM System Display If the ignition key is cycled this sequence will repeat providing the system fault still exists If the system fault no longer exists the Tire Pres PAGE POSITION 165 sure Monitoring Telltale Light will no longer flash the CHECK TPM SYSTEM text message will not be present and a pressure value will be displayed instead of dashes A system fault can occur by any of the following scenarios 1 Jamming due to electronic devices or driv ing next to facilities emitting the same Radio Frequencies as the TPMS sensors 2 Installing some form of aftermarket window tinting that affects radio wave signals 3 Lots of snow or ice around the wheels or wheel housings 4 Using tire chains on the vehicle 5 Using wheels tires not equipped with TPMS sensors NOTE Your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare wheel and tire assembly 1 The compact spare tire does not have a tire pressure monitoring sensor Therefore the TPMS will not monitor the tire pressure in the compact spare t
322. tructions 186 Bulb Replacement 218 see a PDA otters 220 Heated Seats 81 Dimmer Switch Headlight 86 Heater 125 Key Programming 15 Electronic Stability Program ESP Hill Start Assist 152 Key Replacement 15 Indicator 153 Hood Release 85 Key Sentry Immobilizer 14 Engine Temperature Warning 108 Key In Reminder 14 Exterior 51 48 Keyless 5 5 17 ok 87 111 218 Key et ee REE ILLI 13 Headlight Leveling 89 Ignition Key Removal 13 Headlight Switch 87 Immobilizer Sentry Key 14 17 Lane Change and Turn Signals 218 Headlights ex yx 87 Infant Restraint 43 Lap Shoulder Belts 26 High Beam Indicator 113 Information Center Vehicle 114 Latches kad doa im 52 Instrument Cluster 87 Inside Rearview Mirror 58 HOO rii Ede 85 License 220 Instrument Cluster 107 Leaks Fluid 52 Lights On Reminder 87 Leveling Headlight 89 Low a ed 107 259 PAGE POSITION 261 JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og pubnum
323. u should never leave unattended children inside a vehicle JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og The following indicators should be used to ensure that you have engaged the shift lever into the PARK position e When shifting into PARK firmly move the shift lever all the way forward until it stops e Look at the shift indicator window on the shifter bezel to ensure it is in the PARK position e You must press the brake pedal to move the shift lever out of the PARK position CAUTION Before moving the shift lever out of PARK you must turn the ignition from LOCK to ON so the steering wheel and shift lever are released Otherwise damage to the steering column or shift lever could result You must also press the brake pedal REVERSE This range is for moving the vehicle rearward Use this range only after the vehicle has come to a complete stop 143 pubnum PAGE POSITION 146 NEUTRAL This range is used when the vehicle is standing for prolonged periods with the engine running The engine may be started in this range Set the parking brake if you must leave the vehicle DRIVE This range is used for most city and highway driving AUTOSTICK IF EQUIPPED AutoStick is a driver interactive transmission that offers six manual ratio changes to provide you with more control AutoStick allows you to maximize engine braking eliminate und
324. udio is transmitted through your vehicle s au dio system the system will automatically mute your radio when using the Uconnect Phone Uconnect Phone allows you to transfer calls between the Uconnect Phone and your cel lular phone as you enter or exit your vehicle and enables you to mute the Uconnect Phone s microphone for private conversation The Uconnect Phone is driven through your Bluetooth Hands Free profile cellular phone Uconnect Phone features Bluetooth tech nology the global standard that enables dif ferent electronic devices to connect to each other without wires or a docking station so Uconnect Phone works no matter where you stow your cellular phone be it your purse pocket or briefcase as long as your phone is urned on and has been paired to the vehicle s Uconnect Phone The Uconnect Phone al ows up to seven cellular phones to be linked to JOB ibm2 chry_pdm CLS_chrysler GRP_owners JOB_202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV_og the system Only one linked or paired cellular phone can be used with the Uconnect Phone at a time The Uconnect Phone is available in English Dutch French German Italian or Spanish languages as equipped WARNING Any voice commanded system should be used only in safe driving conditions following local laws and phone use All attention should be kept on the roadway ahead Failure to do so may result in an accident causing serious in
325. ulations based on a passenger weight of 165 Ibs 75 kg Map Reading Lights These lights are mounted between the sun visors above the rear view mirror Each light is turned on by pressing on the light or a button JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og next to the lamp if equipped Press the light or button a second time to turn the light off The lights also come on when a door is opened if the dimmer control is not turned fully down ward dome defeat or the dimmer control is turned fully upward past the second detent 031409584 Map Reading Lights NOTE The lights will remain on until the switch is pressed a second time so be sure they have been turned off before leaving the vehicle They will turn off automatically after ap proximately 10 minutes 89 pubnum PAGE POSITION 92 WINDSHIELD WIPERS AND WASHERS xo The windshield wiper washer control lever is located on the right side of the steering column The front wipers are operated by rotating a switch located on the end of the lever For information on the rear wiper washer refer to Rear Window Fea tures in Understanding the Features of Your Vehicle 036407502 Wiper Washer Control Lever Windshield Wiper Operation Rotate the end of the lever upward to the LO position for low speed wiper operation 90 Rotate the end of the lever upward to the HI position for
326. uld be removed promptly with a damp cloth Stub born soils can be removed easily with a soft cloth and MOPAR Total Clean or equivalent Care should be taken to avoid soaking your leather upholstery with any liquid Please do not use polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based cleaners to clean your leather upholstery Application of a leather conditioner is not required to maintain the original condition WARNING Do not use volatile solvents for cleaning pur poses Many are potentially flammable and if used in closed areas they may cause respi ratory harm JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Cleaning Headlights Your vehicle has plastic headlights that are ighter and less susceptible to stone breakage han glass headlights Plastic is not as scratch resistant as glass and herefore different lens cleaning procedures must be followed To minimize the possibility of scratching the enses and reducing light output avoid wiping with a dry cloth To remove road dirt wash with a mild soap solution followed by rinsing Do not use abrasive cleaning components solvents steel wool or other aggressive mate rial to clean the lenses Glass Surfaces All glass surfaces should be cleaned on a regular basis with MOPAR Glass Cleaner or any commercial household type glass cleaner Never use an abrasive type cleaner Use cau tion when clean
327. un the engine in a closed garage or in confined areas any longer than needed to move your vehicle in or out of the area f it is necessary to sit in a parked vehicle with he engine running adjust your heating or cooling controls to force outside air into the vehicle Set the blower at high speed pubnum If you are required to drive with the trunk liftgate open make sure that all windows are closed and the climate control BLOWER switch is set at high speed DO NOT use the recirculation mode The best protection against carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle body is a properly main tained engine exhaust system Whenever a change is noticed in the sound of the exhaust system when exhaust fumes can be detected inside the vehicle or when the underside or rear of the vehicle is damaged have a competent mechanic inspect the com plete exhaust system and adjacent body areas for broken damaged deteriorated or misposi tioned parts Open seams or loose connections could permit exhaust fumes to seep into the passenger compartment In addition inspect the exhaust system each time the vehicle is raised for lubrication or oil change Replace as required PAGE POSITION 53 Safety Checks You Should Make Inside the Vehicle Seat Belts Inspect the belt system periodically checking for cuts frays and loose parts Damaged parts must be replaced immediately Do not disas semble or modify the system Front seat belt asse
328. us injury in cluding death Airbags need room to inflate Sit back comfortably extending your arms to reach the steering wheel or instrument panel e Side airbags also need room to inflate Do not lean against the door Sit upright in the center of the seat Airbag Deployment Sensors and Controls Occupant Restraint Controller ORC The ORC is part of a regulated safety system required for this vehicle 38 The ORC determines if deployment of the front and or side airbags in a frontal or side collision is required Based on the impact sensors sig nals a central electronic ORC deploys the Advanced Front Airbags SABIC airbags if equipped Supplemental Side Seat Airbags if equipped and front seat belt pretensioners if equipped as required depending on severity and type of impact Advanced Front Airbags are designed to pro vide additional protection by supplementing the seat belts in certain frontal collisions de pending on the severity and type of collision Advanced Front Airbags are not expected to reduce the risk of injury in rear side or rollover collisions The Advanced Front Airbags will not deploy in all frontal collisions including some that may produce substantial vehicle damage for example some pole collisions truck under rides and angle offset collisions On the other hand depending on the type and location of impact Advanced Front Airbags may deploy in crashes with little vehicl
329. ve the con nector pin protection cap from the 16 pin connector port prior to connecting the cable If the iPod battery is completely dis charged it may not communicate with the UCI system until a minimum charge is attained Leaving the iPod connected to the UCI system may charge it to the re quired level Using This Feature By using the provided connection cable to connect an iPod to the vehicle s UCI 16 pin connector port e The iPod audio can be played on the vehi cle s sound system providing metadata art ist track title album etc information on the radio display e The iPod can be controlled using the radio buttons to Play Browse and List the iPod contents JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og e The iPod battery charges when plugged into the UCI connector if supported by the specific iPod device Controlling The iPod Using Radio Buttons To get into the UCI iPod mode and access a connected iPod press the AUX button on the radio faceplate Once in the UCI iPod mode iPod audio tracks if available from iPod start playing over the vehicle s audio system Play Mode When switched to UCI mode the iPod auto matically starts Play mode In Play mode use the following buttons on the radio faceplate to control the iPod and display data e Use the TUNE control knob to select the next or previous track e Tur
330. ving attachments designed to connect to the lower anchorages are now available Child restraints having tether straps and hooks for connection to the top tether anchorage have been available for some time In fact many child restraint manu facturers will provide add on tether strap kits for some of their older products Tether anchor age kits are also available for most older ve hicles Because the lower anchorages are to be intro duced to passenger carrying vehicles over a period of years child restraint systems having attachments for those anchorages will continue to have features for installation in vehicles using the lap or lap shoulder belt They will also have tether straps and you are urged to take advan tage of all of the available attachments pro vided with your child restraint in any vehicle pubnum NOTE When using the LATCH attaching system to install a child restraint please ensure that all seat belts not being used for occupant restraints are stowed and out of reach of children It is recommended that before in stalling the child restraint buckle the seat belt so the seat belt is tucked behind the child restraint and out of reach If the buck led seat belt interferes with the child re straint installation instead of tucking the seat belt behind the child restraint route the seat belt through the child restraint belt path and then buckle it This should stow the seat belt out of the reach of an inquis
331. when the under side or rear of the vehicle is damaged have a competent technician inspect the complete ex haust system and adjacent body areas for broken damaged deteriorated or misposi tioned parts Open seams or loose connections could permit exhaust fumes to seep into the passenger compartment In addition inspect the exhaust system each time the vehicle is raised for an oil change or lubrication Replace as required 206 WARNING Exhaust gases can injure or kill They contain carbon monoxide CO which is colorless and odorless Breathing it can make you uncon Scious and can eventually poison you To avoid breathing CO refer to Safety Tips Exhaust Gas in Things To Know Before Starting Your Vehicle for further information CAUTION The catalytic converter requires the use of unleaded fuel only Leaded gasoline will de stroy the effectiveness of the catalyst as an emissions control device and may seriously reduce engine performance and cause seri ous damage to the engine Under normal operating conditions the cata lytic converter will not require maintenance However it is important to keep the engine properly tuned to assure proper catalyst opera tion and prevent possible catalyst damage JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og CAUTION Damage to the catalytic converter can result if your vehicle is not kept in proper operating condition In th
332. which operate the passenger door windows The window controls will oper ate when the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position PAGE POSITION 25 NOTE e For vehicles not equipped with the Elec tronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC the power window switches will remain active for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position Opening either front door will cancel this feature e For vehicles equipped with the EVIC the power window switches will remain active for up to 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position Opening either front door will cancel this feature The time for this feature is pro grammable Refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Personal Set tings Customer Programmable Fea tures in Understanding Your Instru ment Panel for further information JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING Never leave children in a vehicle with the key in the ignition switch Occupants particularly unattended children can become entrapped by the windows while operating the power window switches Such entrapment may re sult in serious injury or death Power Window Switch Location 23 pubnum PAGE POSITION 26 Auto Down The driver s door window switch has an Auto Down feature Push the window switch past the first detent release and the window will go down automati
333. with a front passenger airbag An airbag deploy ment could cause severe injury or death to infants in this position WARNING e Improper installation can lead to failure of an infant or child restraint It could come loose in a collision The child could be badly injured or killed Follow the manufac turer s directions exactly when installing an infant or child restraint e A rearward facing child restraint should only be used in a rear seat A rearward facing child restraint in the front seat may be struck by a deploying passenger airbag which may cause severe or fatal injury to the infant Here are some tips on getting the most out of your child restraint e Before buying any restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets all applicable Safety Standards We also recommend that you make sure that you can install the child restraint in the vehicle where you will use it before you buy it The restraint must be appropriate for your child s weight and height Check the label on the restraint for weight and height limits Carefully follow the instructions that come with the restraint If you install the restraint improperly it may not work when you need it Buckle the child into the seat according to the child restraint manufacturer s directions When your child restraint is not in use se cure it in the vehicle with the seat belt or remove it from the vehicle Do not leave it loose in th
334. without affecting automatic operation e Pressing the Air Conditioning Control button while in AUTO mode will cause the LED in the control button to flash three times and then turn off This indicates that the system is in AUTO mode and requesting the air conditioning is not nec essary e If your air conditioning performance seems lower than expected check the front of the A C condenser located in front of the radiator for an accumulation of dirt or insects Clean with a gentle water spray from behind the radiator and through the condenser Fabric front fas cia protectors may reduce airflow to the condenser reducing air conditioning per formance JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og Blower Control For full automatic opera ion or for automatic blower operation turn the knob to AUTO position n manual mode there are seven blower speeds hat can be individual se ected In off position the blower will shut off m Manual Operation This system offers a full complement of manual override features which consist of Blower Pre ferred Automatic Mode Preferred Automatic or Blower and Mode Preferred Automatic This means the operator can override the blower the mode or both There is a manual blower range for times when the AUTO setting is not desired The blower can be set to any fixed blower speed by rotating the Blower Control knob on the left NOTE Pleas
335. wners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og WARNING Vehicles and other objects seen in the pas senger side convex mirror will look smaller and farther away than they really are Relying too much on your passenger side mirror could cause you to collide with another vehicle or other object Use your inside mirror when judging the size or distance of a vehicle seen in this convex mirror Heated Mirrors If Equipped These mirrors are heated to melt frost or ice This feature is activated when ever you turn on the rear window de froster Refer to Rear Window Features in Understanding the Features of Your Vehicle for further information 59 pubnum PAGE POSITION 62 Vanity Mirrors If Equipped To use the vanity mirror rotate the sun visor down and swing the mirror cover upward Vanity Mirror Sun Visor Sliding Feature The sun visors may be extended out to provide more coverage of the side glass Uconnect Phone IF EQUIPPED NOTE For Uconnect Phone with Navigation or Multimedia radio refer to the Navigation or Multimedia radio s User s Manual separate booklet Uconnect Phone section 60 Uconnect Phone is a voice activated hands free in vehicle communications system Uconnect Phone allows you to dial a phone number with your cellular phone using simple voice commands e g Call Jim Work or Dial 151 1234 5555 Your cellular phone s a
336. y 151 1234 5555 pubnum e The Uconnect Phone will confirm the phone number and then dial The number will appear in the display of certain radios Call by Saying a Name e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Call e The system will prompt you to say the name of the person you want to call e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say the name of the person you want to call For example you can say John Doe where John Doe is a previously stored name entry in the Uconnect Phonebook or down loaded phonebook To learn how to store a name in the phonebook refer to Add Names to Your Uconnect Phonebook e The Uconnect Phone will confirm the name and then dial the corresponding phone num ber which may appear in the display of certain radios PAGE POSITION 65 Add Names to Your Uconnect Phonebook NOTE Adding names to the Uconnect Phone book is recommended when the vehicle is not in motion e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Phonebook New Entry When prompted say the name of the new entry Use of long names helps the Voice Command and it is recommended For ex ample say Robert Smith or Robert in stead of Bob e When prompted enter the number designa tion e g Home Work Cellular or Pager This will allow you to store multiple numb
337. y result in vehicle starting problems and loss of security protection All of the keys provided with your new vehicle have been programmed to the vehicle electron ics See your authorized dealer if you require replacement or additional keys for your vehicle Replacement Keys NOTE Only keys that have been programmed to the vehicle electronics can be used to start the vehicle Once a Sentry Key has been programmed to a vehicle it cannot be pro grammed to any other vehicle PAGE POSITION 17 CAUTION Always remove the Sentry Keys from the vehicle and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle unattended At the time of purchase the original owner is provided with a four digit Personal Identifica tion Number PIN Keep the PIN in a secure location This number is required for replace ment of keys Duplication of keys consists of programming a blank key to the vehicle elec tronics A blank key is one which has never been programmed See your authorized dealer if you require replacement or additional keys for your vehicle NOTE When having the Sentry Key Immobilizer System serviced bring all vehicle keys with you to an authorized dealer Customer Key Programming See your authorized dealer if you require re placement or additional keys for your vehicle JOB Gibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og General Information The Sentry Key Immobilizer is a 433 92 MHz
338. you want to return this feature to its previous setting NOTE e f you do not hear the chime it means that the system did not enter the programming mode and you will need to repeat the procedure Use the Automatic Unlock Doors On Exit feature in accordance with local laws Child Protection Door Lock System Rear Doors If Equipped To provide a safer environment for small chil dren riding in the rear seats the rear doors are equipped with Child Protection Door Lock sys tem To engage or disengage the Child Protection Door Lock system 1 Open the rear door 2 Insert the tip of the ignition key into the lock and rotate to the LOCK or UNLOCK position 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the opposite rear door 021806189 Child Protection Door Lock Function JOB G ibm2 chry pdm CLS chrysler GRP owners JOB 202748 en cal 10PM491 126 ENG AA DIV og pubnum WARNING Avoid trapping anyone in a vehicle in a colli sion Remember that the rear doors can only be opened from the outside when the child protection locks are engaged NOTE For emergency exit with the system en gaged move the lock plunger up unlocked position roll down the window and open the door with the outside door handle POWER WINDOWS IF EQUIPPED Power Window Switches The window controls on the driver s door trim panel control all the door windows There are single window controls on each passenger door trim panel
339. z REA a 20 Mirrors mea Bn dan b oe nde d 59 Outlet Auxiliary Electrical Outlet 96 Steering 42 lt A Gana 147 SUMOO iude ese d 94 Windows 22 22 02 en Be 23 Power Steering Fluid 223 Pregnant Women and Seat Belts 34 Preparation for Jacking 186 Pretensioners Seat Belts 31 Programmable Electronic Features 116 Radial Ply Tires 156 Radio Operation 124 Radio Sound Systems 120 Rear Fog Lights 114 218 Rear Liftgate Sedan 24 Rear Seat Folding 84 PAGE POSITION 263 Rear Window Defroster 101 Rear Window Features 100 Rear Wiper Washer 100 Recreational Towing 175 Refrigerant zc gon rr ate ed 205 Reminder Seat Belt 34 Remote Control is 6424 oe RE wa 17 Security Alarm 15 Remote Keyless Entry Sedan 17 Remote Sound System Radio a sos m aa Es 123 Repeater Lights Side 219 Replacement Bulbs 217 Replacement Keys 15 Replacement Parts 200 Replacement Tires 158 Resetting Oil Change Indicator 109 Restraint Head 83 Restraints Child 43 49 Restraints Infant 43 Retractable Cargo Area Cover 98 Rotation Tires

PAGE POSITION: 1 JOB: @ibm2/chry_pdm

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents